HomeMy WebLinkAbout2006-377 CC) 77
AVER
A
r
��LOR19��
r
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY
DEPARTMENT OF
UTILITY SERVICES
WATER &
WASTEWATER
UTILITY STANDARDS
r
OCTOBER 2006
r SUPERCEDES ALL PREVIOUS VERSIONS
r
r
+ TABLE OF CONTENTS
I . GENERAL
it. DETAIL DRAWINGS
DRAWING NUMBERS
W-1 Location Detail (Valve and Fire Hydrant)
+ W-2 Fire Hydrant Details
W-3 Automatic 2" Blow-Off
W-4 Water Service
W-4(A) Water Service (Outside of Right of Way)
+ W-5 Meter Box
W-6 Temporary Sampling Point ( Bacteriological )
W-7 Flushing Connection
+ W-8 Double-Detector Check Valve Assembly
W-9 Backflow Preventer
W- 10 Master Meter Combination Assembly
.. W- 11 Reuse Meter/Valve
W-11 (A) Reuse Pipe — Discharge Detail
W-12 Temporary Jumper Detail
W-12(A) Temporary Jumper Detail Notes
S- 1 Standard Lateral (Shallow Sewer)
S-2 Modified Riser Lateral (Deep Sewer)
S-3 Standard Manhole Casting
S-4 Manhole Notes
S-5 Manhole Standard Shallow
S-6 Manhole Slab Top
S-7 Manhole Standard Deep
S-8 Manhole Type "A" Drop
S-9 Manhole Type "B" Drop
S- 10 Pipe Opening Detail
S- 11 Manhole Effluent & Influent
S-12 Force Main Tie-In
S-13 Typical Pumping Station (Plan)
S- 14 Typical Pumping Station (Elevation )
S- 15 Typical Pumping Station (Data Table & Notes)
S-15(A) Typical Pumping Station (Detail Sheet)
S- 16 Typical Pumping Station ( Electrical Details )
S- 17 Permanent Sewer Forcemain Meter Detail
+ M- 1 Trench Detail ( Unpaved Easements)
M-2 Trench Detail ( Paved Areas & Shoulders)
M-3 Restraining (Schedule & Notes )
M-4 Utility Crossings
+ M-5 Valve and Box
M-6 Valve Box Pad
M-7 Below Ground Air Release Valve Detail (Automatic
Water/Wastewater)
M-8 Air Release Valve Detail 4" Above Ground (Automatic
Water/Wastewater)
r
+
M-8(A) Flanged Tee for Above Ground Air Release Valves
M-9 Permanent Land Marker
M- 10 Conflict Manhole
M- 11 Jack and Bore ( Blocking Detail ) i
M- 12 Casing Installation Details
M- 13 Jack and Bore (Casing Vent)
M- 14 Trace Wire Details ..
M- 15 As-Built Drawing (Example)
M- 16 As-Built Requirements
M- 16(A) Construction/Route Survey Requirements ..
M- 16( B ) As-Built/Survey Requirements
Ill . SPECIFICATIONS
SECTIONS NUMBERS
1 . Water Mains — Ductile Iron Pipe `
2. Water Mains — Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
3. Water Services and Mains - — Pressure Polyethylene Tubing and
Pipe
4. Sanitary Sewers Gravity — Ductile Iron Pipe
5. Sanitary Sewers Gravity — Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
6 . Wastewater and Reclaimed Water Force Mains — Ductile Iron Pipe
7. Wastewater and Reclaimed Water Force Mains — Polyvinyl Chloride
Pipe
8 . Submersible Wastewater Pumping Station ..
9 . Miscellaneous Valves and Appurtenances
10 . Testing and Inspection of Water Mains , Reclaimed Water Force Mains
Wastewater Force Mains and Gravity Sewers
11 . General Design Data
12. Procedures for Submittal , Permitting , and Acceptance of Private
Development Projects
13 . Water and Wastewater Treatment Plants `
14 . Engine Driven Generator Sets
15 . Approved Manufactures' Products List
0
IV. PERMIT APPLICATIONS & CHECK LIST
A. Wastewater and/or Water Utilities Construction Permit Application
Form `
B . Utilities Construction Check Lists
C. Industrial Waste Permit Application From
i
r
�. I. GENERAL
r
The Department of Utility Services has developed a minimum standard for water and
wastewater utility installation within Indian River County. The Water and Wastewater
Utility Standards, June 2006 edition, has been adopted by the County Commission and
henceforth all water and wastewater utility installations within Indian River County shall
be designed and built in accordance therewith.
The minimum requirements provided herein may be modified on future developments
upon approval of the Utility Director or the County Commission upon a finding that the
public' s health and safety is not adversely affected by such modifications. Any proposed
modification to the minimum requirements must be substantiated by a Florida Registered
Engineer' s certified study, which would indicate compliance with the intent of the
minimum requirements as herein provided .
The Department of Utility Services (Utility Department) reserves the right to impose
r additional field requirements not addressed herein, when in the opinion of the Utility
Department, those requirements will improve the integrity of the utility system.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
REFLECTIVE
MARKER
r
r � R /W ( TYP )
0
0
x VALVES TO BE LOCATED
MARKERIVE OUTSIDE EDGE OF UNPAVED
AD
' ROS
- ROAD - - -- + - - - - ROAD
MAXIMUM x MAIN UNDER
DISTANCE CONSTRUCTION x x
r
12' x
F. H .
x
FBE
LVES SHALL
TYPICAL VALVE LOCATION LOCATED
FOR UNPAVED ROADS JACENT TO
OR CROSS
DISTANCE
FROM RIGHT OF WAY
( TYP )
r
REFLECTIVE MARKER
( ONE REQUIRED FOR EACH VALVE)
r
NOTES
1 . VALVE SPACING ON WATER MAINS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1000' MAXIMUM .
' 2. A MINIMUM COVER OF 36" IS REQUIRED ABOVE BELL OF D .I . P. AND P . V. C. PIPE.
3 . CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF BLUE
REFLECTIVE MARKERS (RAISED PENDANT MONUMENT) INDICATING A FIRE
r HYDRANT AND SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE CENTERLINE OF THE LANE
CLOSEST TO THE HYDRANT.
4. DEAD END LINES, VALVES, AND HYDRANTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED.
5. ALL LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM 10' OFFSET FROM BUILDINGS.
6 . ALL MAINS LESS THAN 10' IN LENGTH AND LOCATED BETWEEN FITTINGS SHALL BE D . LP,
7. REFLECTIVE MARKERS FOR: FIRE HYDRANT - BLUE
r WATER MAIN VALVE - WHITE
FORCE MAIN VALVE - GREEN
REUESE MAIN VALVE - PURPLE
8. THE APPROPRIATE REFLECTIVE MARKER IS REQUIRED FOR EACH VALVE.
r
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY Yq vrt� �o OC /� TI OIC I DETAIL
LTnIL DRNONG
LOCATION
r DEPARTMENT OF Q y
UTILITIES SERVICES ( VALVE AND FIRE HYDRANT) W - 1
ORI�P
rmmrrm sone
r
6 " ANCHOR COUPLING FOUR HYDRANT GUARDS
ADDITIONAL GATE VALVE ASREQ' D BY IRCDUS
M • J• REQUIRED IF DISTANCE SEE NOTE 1 ( BELOW)
IS MORE THAN 5' \ � 90 ' � /
45'
MEGA- LUG RESTRAINT
OR EQUAL
M . J. VARIES
ANCHOR TEE FOR 6 " PLAN VIEW
MECHANICAL JOINT 6 "
PUMPER NOZZLE .r
FACING ROADWAY
ACCESS
VALVE BOX
GRADE N �.
I I
z
io
0 N
6 " GATE VALVE
6 „ DIP PIPE
+ - - + j i 1 . 5 CU . FT.
CONCRETE _
DIRECT CONNECTION
( ANCHOR TYPE )
UNDISTURBED
6 " ( MIN ) ELEVATION SOIL
WATER MAIN
NOTES
1 . HYDRANT GUARDS TO BE 4" DIAMETER GALVANIZED STEEL OR DUCTILE IRON
PIPE FILLED w/ CONCRETE. GUARDS TO BE PAINTED SAME AS HYDRANT.
2. � OF THE PUMPER CONNECTION SHALL BE 18" MIN . ABOVE THE 0
OF THE NEAREST ROADWAY OR FINISH GRADE.
3. ALL HYDRANTS SHALL BE TRAFFIC BREAKAWAY TYPE.
4. COMPLETE ANCHORED FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY MAY BE UTILIZED IN LIEU OF ABOVE.
5. FIRE HYDRANT SHOULD BE LOCATED WITHIN 12' FROM EDGE OF PAVEMENT WHERE POSSIBLE.
6. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST. s
7 . TRACE WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AS PER DETAIL M - 14.
8. ALL BOLTS FOR FIRE HYDRANT FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL.
ALL NUTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL.
9 . MAINTAIN 6 ' RADIUS OF HYDRANT PERPENDICULAR TO ROADWAY OR CURB FACE (EXAMPLE r
MUST BE CLEAR OF SIGNS, TREES, SHRUBS, TRANSFORMERS, UTILITY POLES, ETC. )
10 . HYDRANTS AND PROTECTION DEVICES SHALL HAVE CLEARANCES OF 7'- 6 " IN FRONT AND TO THE SIDES
OF THE FIRE HYDRANT, WITH A 4' CLEARANCE TO THE REAR OF THE HYDRANT PURSUANT TO FIRE
PREVENTION CODE 3- 5. 6 .
V1' DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �� � NO.
DEPARTMENT OF q y FIRE HYDRANT DETAILS W _ �
UTILITIES SERVICES
LORI ¢ rmnv.wr xooe
i
i
GATE VALVE PLAN VIEW
i
GRADE ROADWAY GRADE ( SWALE)
/�J //r/r /� // //\//\//\// /j\//\//�//\//\//
/� 2,.
VALVE 2 " LOCKING \ \%��i` ( MIN )
BOX CURB STOP
W/PVC PLUG APPROVED
METER BOX
24" x18 ° ( MIN )
COMPRESSION ° ° 1 CUBIC FOOT
FITTINGS 3/4" GRAVEL OR
° CRUSHED ROCK
.. R . S . G. V. ° . ° 4 0
METER 2"
. ° RADIO READ
r
2 " POLYETHYLENE
r
RESTRAINED PLUG ( M . J . ) HORIZONTAL DISTANCE EQUAL
i 2 " CORPORATION TO DEPTH OF COVER
STOP
ELEVATION
i
NOTES
1 . BLOW- OFF TO BE LOCATED AT ALL DEAD END LINES, AS REQUIRED
i
BY IRCDUS.
2. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
i 3. METHODS OF RESTRAINT AS APPROVED BY IRCDUS.
4. TRACE WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AS PER DETAIL M- 14.
5. LOCATE MARKER BALLS ARE TO BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO ALL VALVE BOXES AND PLACED IN ALL
i METER BOXES WITHIN 24'l FROM SURFACE.
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY V AUTOMATIC DRAWING
�
NO.
DEPARTMENT OF Q z
UTILITIES SERVICES ORI P* 2 p BLOW - OFF W - 3
i
METERS SHALL BE LOCATED IMMEDIATELY _
INSIDE THE RIGHT- OF- WAY UNLESS
OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY IRCDUS
APPROVED METER BOXES
90' ANGLE LOCKING CURB STOP SHALL BE POLYMER
(BALL VALVE TYPE TO ACCOMMODATE CONCRETE & FIBERGLASS z_
5/8" 6x34" 4 METER )
2" 6 PREPUNCHED
1 " , 1 /" , OR 2 " HOLE FOR TOUCHTONE
CORP STOP METER LID ( AS R ' QD ) w
ROADWAY FINISH GRADE O
2'- D" - 2 -0" l o CL
�> 12 " —
� 0 02 0
M Z4ARKER BALL
- IN LINE DUAL
+ CHECK BY IRCDUS
LONG SERVICE METER
(SEE NOTE 5)
PVC CASING SLEEVE SHORT TRACE WIRE
WATER MAIN SERVICE r
BRASS
DOUBLE STRAP ELEVATION
SERVICE SADDLE
NOTES _
1 . SUCCESSIVE TAPS INTO THE WATER MAIN SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 18" ON CENTER ,
2. ALL SERVICES REQUIRE 36 " MINIMUM COVER.
3. MINIMUM SERVICE SIZE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 "0, DUAL SERVICES SHALL BE A MINIMUM 1 - 1 /2" 0, s
TRIPLE SERVICES SHALL BE A MINIMUM 2"0 AND QUADRUPLE SERVICES SHALL BE APPROVED BY IRCDUS.
4. 1 " 0 & 1 - 1 /2" 0 LONG SERVICES REQUIRE A 2" MINIMUM I . D . CASING PIPE. 2"0 LONG SERVICES REQUIRE
A 3" MINIMUM I. D. CASING PIPE. CASING PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 P. V. C. f
5. ALL METERS 2" 0 OR SMALLER SHALL BE INSTALLED BY IRCDUS. REFER TO APPROVED MANUFACTURERS'
PRODUCT LIST FOR METERS GREATER THAN 2"0.
6 . PIN LOCKS SHALL BE PURCHASED BY THE DEVELOPER AND /OR CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE INSTALLED s
ON ALL LOCKING CURB STOPS, SAMPLING POINTS, AND WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS AT THE TIME
OF ACTIVATING ALL WATER MAINS OR AT SUCH TIME AS DIRECTED BY IRCDUS.
7 . CURB STOPS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE METERS THAT ARE INSTALLED,
B. TRACE WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AS PER DETAIL M- 16 .
9 . LOCATE MARKER BALLS ARE TO BE PLACED IN ALL METER BOXES WITHIN 24" FROM SURFACE.
10. (2) TWO PREPUNCHED HOLES REQUIRED FOR 2"0 METERS.
IVL DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY Q NO. .,
DEPARTMENT OF z y WATER SERVICE
UTILITIES SERVICES VV `t
LOR �,,.�, ,�, W _ n
�,
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
WHEN METERS CAN NOT BE LOCATED
IMMEDIATELY INSIDE THE RIGHT OF WAY
THEY MAY BE LOCATED INSIDE THE
PROPERTY LINE AS DIRECTED BY IRCDUS
90' ANGLE LOCKING CURB STOP APPROVED METER BOXES
(BALL VALVE TYPE TO ACCOMMODATE SHALL BE POLYMER
5 /8" 0x3/4" O METER ) w CONCRETE & FIBERGLASS
z
J
} 2 " 0 PREPUNCHED
1 %1 " l \FIN
OLE FOR TOUCHTONE
CORP STOP 2 METER LID ( AS R '4D )
ROADWAY 5'-O" 1 '-0" o ISH GRADE
2'- O" � SIDEWALK a
L
LLJ
\� \� ">
- TRACE WIRE
MARKER BALI
- } IN LINE DUAL
w CHECK BY IRCDUS
LONG SERVICE z
J METER
(SEE NOTE 5, W- 4)
F_
PVC CASING SLEEVE Ir
WATER MAIN ( EXTEND UNDER SIDEWALK ) o
BRASS
DOUBLE STRAP
SERVICE SADDLE ELEVATION
4tSV
A SEE NOTES INDIAN RIVER COUNTY WATER SERVICE
Z > DEPARTMENT OF q C
oZ W - 4 UTILITIES SERVICES . ' ( OUTSIDE OF RIGHT OF WAY)
D " LaR��4
1 - 1 /2" 0 P . E LOCKING
SERVICE LATERAL CURB STOPS
i
METER BOX
w (METER NOT SHOWN ) V90 P . E .
SERVICE t i
LATERAL co
o - 2 .. ..
ro
211
BRASS COMPRESSION
WYE BRANCH 2"
IN LINE DUAL .,
BRASS LOCKING CURB CHECK BY IRCDUS Lu
z
STOP WITH INTEGRAL PLAN VIEW z
METER COUPLING 2 " 0 EPUNCHED i
CENTER HINGED OPENING HOLE FOR TOUCHTONE 0::
( 411h " x7 " MIN ) W/STAINLESS STEEL PIN METER LID AS R QD) o
- 0- i
PROPERTY LINE x BOXER Z z
( SEE NOTE
NO. 3) N w
ro >
2" N ° 0
i i
TI
1 " O ( MIN ) CUSTOMER i
PIPING ( BY OTHERS ) LOCATE MARKER BALL (WATER )
ELEVATION
r
NOTES
1 , METERS OVER 2"0 MUST BE APPROVED BY IRCDUS AND INSTALLED
BY CONTRACTOR.
2. ALL METERS 2"0 AND SMALLER WILL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED
BY IRCDUS.
3. MINIMUM SIZE OF METER BOXES: 1 "0 SERVICE (12" X 16") ; 1 - 1 /2"0 AND
2" 0 SERVICE (17" X 2B").
4. METERS GREATER THAN 2"0 SHALL BE COMPOUND METERS. REFER TO IRCDUS
APPROVED MANUFACTURERS PRODUCT LIST.
5. TRACE WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AS PER DETAIL M- 14.
r
6. LOCATE MARKER BALLS ARE TO BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO ALL INLINE VALVE BOXES AND
PLACED IN ALL METER BOXES WITHIN 24" FROM SURFACE.
r
DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY Q NO.
DEPARTMENT 01 ' Q ) METER B O X r
UTILITIES SERVICES �.� /*� W - 5
r
-
i
- A CORPORATION STOP SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A
LENGTH OF 100 COPPER TUBING EXTENDING ABOVE
THE FINISHED GRADE THE TUBING SHALL BE
i
INSTALLED WITH A 1800 DOWNTURNED BEND ,
1 ' GATE VALVE 1 ' 0 COPPER TUBING
i
i
V
N
FINISHED ti
GRADE
ce
ix�i �i��i��'��
Ld
i i, �i !:moi; -
7
i CORPORATION STOP WITH
z PLUG WHEN ABANDONED
SERVICE
c )
- WATER MAIN
ELEVATION
i
NOTES
11 TEMPORARY SAMPLING POINT MAY BE CONSTRUCTED OF ALTERNATE
MATERIALS AS APPROVED BY IRCDUS ,
. 2 . NO SAMPLING POINT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AT FIRE HYDRANTS ,
-
i
uIVF, DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY TEMPORARY SAMPLING POINT "
DEPARTMENT OF l
UTILITIES SERVICES ( BACTERI ❑ LOGICAL ) w - 6
r
r
r
FOR DETAILS OF LINE BEND & PIPE MAY
FILLING SEE W - 12 ( A ) BE USED FOR FULL
FLOW FLUSHING
EXISTING MAIN
\ r
r
r
NEW WATER MAIN
EXISTING OR NEW LIMITS OF FLUSHING
GATE VALVE
r
r
ELEVATION
NOTES r
I. A FULL LINE FLUSH IS THE ONLY FLUSHING METHOD APPROVED FOR MAINS.
ALL FIRE HYDRANTS AND DETECTOR CHECK VALVES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND TESTED
TO ENSURE THAT NO FOREIGN OBJECTS IMPEDE THE FLOW OF WATER. r
2. A PRESSURE GAUGE SHALL BE INSTALLED UPSTREAM OF THE FLUSHING POINT.
THE PRESSURE UPSTREAM SHALL NOT FALL BELOW 35 P.S.I.
r
3. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY THRUST BLOCKS AND/ OR OTHER RESTRAINTS ,
4. INDIAN RIVER COUNTY UTILITY PERSONNEL , AFTER A MINIMUM OF A 4B HOUR
NOTICE BY THE CONTRACTOR , SHALL BE PRESENT FOR ALL FLUSHING r
ACTIVITIES AND SHALL OPERATE ALL EXISTING VALVES.
5 , FOR TRANSMISSION MAINS 12' DIAMETER OR LARGER , 'PIGGING' IS REQUIRED,
r
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �e �1VooG FLUSHING
DRAWING r
DEPARTMENT OF Q z
1711,ITIES SERVICES # tI CONNECTION W - 7
LORI P Amy
r
i 21 , 0 # VARIES 2 / - 0 #
DOUBLE DETECTOR
VICTAULIC
CHECK VALVE
COUPLING
w 0i
Z
> 4HAS
r w 00
CL LOCKING CURB
a STOP VALVE 1 " CHECK VALVE
_
cu
LBY- PASS METER - DETECTOR BYPASS
31 - ON CUSTOMER PLAN VIEW
PIPING
+. UTILITY PIPING TO DETECTOR CHECK VALVE
PROPERTY LINE
INLET GATE
VALVE GATE VALVE
W/ INDICATOR
ONE SECTION D . I . P 90' BEND
R ' QD ON EACH SIDE ( TYP )
OF CHECK VALVE
ASSEMBLY
18° MINIMUM DISTANCE
��VA� •, V V V V A A A V V V V V A
CONCRETE SUPPORTS
( OR APPROVED BY IRCDUS)
WATER MAIN ELEVATION
WATER MAIN —
NOTES
1 . ALL BUILDINGS WITH SPRINKLERS MUST HAVE AN IRCDUS APPROVED DETECTOR CHECK VALVE
AND METER TO BE INSTALLED ON THEIR OWN PROPERTY. DETECTOR CHECKS SHALL BE
INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL CODE AND IRCDUS STANDARD.
CHECK VALVE AND METER SHALL BE MOUNTED ABOVE GROUND.
2. DETAIL SHOWN CAN BE MODIFIED AND APPROVED BY IRCDUS FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL PROJECT.
3. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
IVI' DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DOUBLE - DETECTOR NO.
DEPARTMENT OF q < CHECK VALVE W - 8
UTILITIES SERVICES � ASSEMBLY mo.
0
8 w
i
- O
W. M . FLOW
r
REDUCED PRESSURE PLAN VIEW
BACKFLOW PREVENTER r
WITH GATE VALVES
a ° W. M .
i
i
UNION
r
W. M .
p i
co FINISHED
GRADE
r
ELEVATION
NOTES
1 . ALL BUILDINGS EXCEPT SINGLE FAMILY AND SINGLE STORY MULTI - FAMILY
RESIDENTIAL ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER r
WITH REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE FEATURE AS DETERMINED BY UTILITY.
2 . ALL MULTI - STORY, MULTI- FAMILY SERVICES ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL
RPZ BACKFLOW PREVENTORS.
3. APPROVED EQUALS HAVING FULL UL, USC, AND AWWA CERTIFICATIONS MAY i
BE INSTALLED ONLY AFTER SPECIFIC APPROVAL BY IRCDUS.
4. SUPPORT BACKFLOW PREVENTER FROM WALL OR APPROVED PIPE
SUPPORT SYSTEM . PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM SHALL BE BRASS,
COPPER OR D. I . P. , AS APPROVED BY IRCDUS.
5. BELOW GROUND INSTALLATION IN A VAULT MAY BE CONSIDERED
FOR APPROVAL IF FINISHED GRADE OF BOTTOM OF VAULT IS AT i
LEAST 1 ' - 0" ABOVE THE HIGH WATER LEVEL.
6 , PIPING 2- 1 /2 " OR GREATER SHALL BE FLANGED DUCTILE IRON PIPE.
7, ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST. r
8. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE 316 STAINLESS STEEL ( OR APPROVED EQUAL) .
9. ALL RPZ BACK FLOW PREVENTERS SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY APPROVED TESTER AND APPROPRIATE
CERTIFIED FORM SUBMITTED TO IRCDUS. i
V DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �� o� No.
DEPARTMENT OF Q BACKFLOW PREVENTER W _ g
UTILITIES SERVICES
RI P
rmAwwr xaoe
s
LOW FLOW METER
(IF REWIRED)
BACKFLOW PREVENTER MASTER 300 (MIN) CLEARANCE
METER
(2) LOCKING
r a z O CURB STOP
3
hNim i ✓ yL
z
2
r CONCRETE PAD
(5) INLET GATE VALVES BY-PASS
BACKFLOW
36• (MIN)
r PREVENTER � CLEARANCE
PLAN VIEW
r
�-- CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITY IRCDUS RESPONSIBILITY _
r
FLANGE X PE
90' FLANGED BEND (TYP)
r (REDUCING IF R'00)
i
+
3000 PSI T
r CONCRETE SLAB I}
LENGTH AS R'OD 72' (MIN)
120 + SUPPORT (M) - 30- ( 12• 120
12' IN IMIN
r:.L o ` :9
r I DIP
!L �
MEGA LUG i 1
MJ 90' BEND (TYP) RESTRAINED JOINT
(2 WOO)
y WATER MAIN WATER MAIN
MEGA LUG (TYP) 1 /2• PREFORMED JOINT
ONE SECTION D.I.P R'OD BY-PASS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY MATERIAL TO BE PLACED
ON EACH SIDE OF CHECK BETWEEN PIPE AND CONCRETE
r VALVE ASSEMBLY ELEVATION OR PIPE SLEEVE
NOTES
r 1 . ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE FLANGED DUCTILE IRON.
2. FIELD FABRICATED FLANGES ARE UNACCEPTABLE.
3. DEVICE TO BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
r 4. ASSEMBLY TO BE PRIMED WITH RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER AND FINISHED PAINTED AFTER INSTALLATION.
(SEE APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST)
5. BY-PASS PIPE DIAMETER SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS MAIN PIPE.
r V
DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY MASTER METER NO.
DEPARTMENT of y
UTILITIES SERVICES COMBINATION ASSEMBLY W - 10
I' x�,
r
VARIES
21-6'(MIN) (PER MANUFACTURERS' SPECIFICATION ) 2'-61(MIN)
r
VARIES VARIES
r
z
i
o �
N
p�ii 1
V 1 ,� _ — • —__—•—_— T — _ __- _ _ �► icy-lii . __ h
2
0
NLIV
PLAN VIEW
RESTRAINED METER WITH 1/400 SAMPLE TAP
TOTALIZER (NOTE 3) RESTRAINED PLUG VALVE
90' BEND (TYP) PLUG VALVE W/LIMITING SET-UP
( FLG x FLG) AND ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
WIRE (TO LEVEL
GATE VALVE _, SENSOR-METRITAPE)
W/BOX GATE VALVE rr
CONCRETE PAD W/BOX
4' (MIN) / + + CABLE (TO
H CONTROL
PANEL)
300 r
30' (MAX)
a 12' (MIN) p
EXISTING HANGING PLACARD >
GRADE
(2) 3 /4' THREADED RODS
FOR RESTRAINT (TYP )
PIPE (FLG x PE) CONTINUE DISCHARGE
9r0 J BE MD ) (TYP) E L E V A T I ❑ N PIPING (SEE W-11A)
NOTES
11 ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED PANTONE PURPLE (522C),
2. PROVIDE A HANGING PLACARD WITH THE WORDS 'RECLAIMED WATER IN USE .'
3. PROPELLER METER SHALL BE LINKED TO IRCDUS RTU FOR REMOTE MONITORING BY IRCDUS.
THE METER SHALL REPORT IN GALLONS PER MINUTE, PLUG VALVE SHALL BE
REMOTELY ACTUATED VIA EXISTING IRCDUS RTU AND BY LEVEL SENSOR-ME TRI TAPE
IN LAKE. PLUG VALVE SHALL REPORT ' OPEN' OR 'CLOSED' POSITION. INTERGRATE
ALL LOGIC WITH IRCDUS SCADA SYSTEM.
4 . ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST . r
5. A TELEMETRY AND MONITORING DEVISE IS REQUIRED AT DISCHARGE. DEVISE TO BE
INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS ,
61 ELECTRICAL PANAL TO BE LOCATED AS CLOSE TO METER AS PRACTICAL,
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY VES G DRAWING
REUSE METER / VALVE NO.
DEPARTMENT OF y
UTILITIES SERVICES P� ASSEMBLY DETAIL W - 11
L0 19
� ems r
FLOAT SWITCH CABLE (TO CONTROL PANEL)
WIRE (TO PLUG VALVE WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATOR)
GRATING
FLOAT SWITCH (EMERGENCY
EXISTING GRADE OVERFLOW CUTOFF)
_ LEVEL SENSOR- MET RITAPE
HIGH WATER LEVEL
w \\ \\ LAKE OR POND INFLOW PIPE
r AIN
/VA �A��A_�A �A �A �A �AVA //�\�/jam//�/jV//VAS
VAAiAA�VAAiAA VA/AAA,AA� AA,�A///
CORRUGATED ALUMINUM CULVERTT
2'x2' PREFAB CONCRETE CRUSHED STONE (LENGTH VARIES)
BOX CULVERT ELEVATI ❑ N - STILLING WELL
45• BEND CTYP) REINFORCED CONCRETE
PIER
W
45• BEND (RJ)
DIP (TYP)
EXISTING GRADE VARIES
3V (MIN) VARIES 45 •
(NOTE 4)
HIGH WATER LEVEL
w \ �/V SVA///�/�// i / //A///�/j//j/� //j//j '� ///
\/ \ \V//AA/// / //%/\%AA//\//VA// //\// AV \
ro ��A\///\VA//\//AA/ \ / / ///VA//VA//\// /j�A//j�A//
VA�VAA/VA//�j/�j/�//AA//A//��/��/� : '. " V�/ // /jVA LAKE OR POND
//V/\��� ' 11 IN, A /�
\\
CONTINUE DISCHARGE %; . 'i'.y'::. \
\ \ \ \ \ \
PIPING (SEE W-Il) l ; : :> �. .: \ �
/ No. 4 STRAP AROUND BEND \�/ \ //
CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKSA.�A��AmoiAA/A�
., ELEVATION - DISCHARGE PIPE
NOTES
1. ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED PANTONE PURPLE ( 522C),
2. PROVIDE A PLACARD WITH THE WORDS ' RECLAIMED WATER IN USE.'
3. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ' PRODUCT LIST,
4. DISCHARGE INVERT TO BE ONE PIPE DIAMETER ABOVE METER TO MAINTAIN FULL PIPE.
5, A TELEMETRY AND MONITORING DEVISE IS REQUIRED AT DISCHARGE. TO BE
INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
4�v
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �� �°G REUSE PIPE DRAWING
DEPARTMENT OF PZ y
UTILITIES SERVICES DISCHARGE DETAIL W - 11
LORI A
PRESSURE GAUGE
( SEE W- 12A 10)
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE
2 " GATE 2 ' SCH 40 ' Tee '
VALVE ( TYP) OR " Wye" ( TYP. )
2" METER .+
P
x z LJ a
r
v ¢ v
SADDLE
SERVICE iv EXISTING GRADE
r
v
CORP STOP M
( TYP)
o
DIRECTION OF FLOW
TIE- IN VALVE TO BE
CLOSED AND LOCKED Z2" SERVICE DOUBLE
SADDLE SS ( TYP )
NEW WATER MAIN
EXISTING WATER MAIN ELEVATION
NOTES
1 . TIE- IN VALVE SHALL BE OPERATED BY IRCDUS PERSONNEL ONLY AND IN THE
PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.
2. ALL LINES TO BE FULL PIPE FLUSHED.
3. ALL MATERIALS TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
4. A 2" TEMPORARY JUMPER TO BE USED UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY IRCDUS.
IV DRAWING ri
INDIAN RIVER COUNTYQ NO.
DEPARTMENT OF TE M P O R A R Y
UTILITIES SERVICES * q*� JUMPER DETAIL W - 12
Lotzl� ��
NOTES :
1 . A temporary jumper connection is required at all connections between existing active
,. water mains and proposed new water main improvements .
2 . The Temporary Jumper Detail (W- 12A) is to be used for filling any new water main of any
r size from the existing active water mains and for the flushing of new mains up to 6"
diameter (2.5 FPS minimum velocity) and for pulling bacteriological samples from any
new water main of any size .
r 3. The jumper connection shall be maintained until after the filling , flushing , testing and
disinfection of the new main has been successfully completed and clearance for use from
the Florida Department of Environmental Protection ( FDEP) and other pertinent agencies
+ has been received . Adequate thrust blocking and/or restraints shall be provided
temporarily, as required .
4. Pipe and fittings used for connecting the new pipe to the existing pipe shall be disinfected
prior to installation in accordance with AWWA C651 , LATEST EDITION . The tapping
sleeve and exterior of the main to be tapped shall be disinfected by spraying or swabbing
per section Two of AWWA C651 . The use of tablets is strictly prohibited .
r
5 . The Jumper connection shall also be used to maintain a minimum pressure of 20 PSI in
the new mains continuously after disinfection and until FDEP clearance letter is obtained .
r
6. The Contractor shall provide documentation demonstrating that the double check
backflow prevention device is in good working order at the time of installation , and
.. provide documentation that the double check backflow prevention device has been tested
in the last 12 months, and is in good working order one year from installation by a
qualified backflow technician as approved by IRCDUS .
7 . Except as required to flush lines greater than 6" diameter, the tie-in valve shall remain
closed and shall be locked in the closed position by the utility company. The tie-in valve
shall remain locked closed until the new system has been cleared for use by the FDEP
r and all other pertinent agencies .
8 . Upon receipt of clearance for use by FDEP and all other pertinent agencies , the
+ Contractor shall remove the temporary jumper connection . The corporation stops are to
be closed and plugged with 2" brass or PVC stops.
+ 9 . All installation and maintenance of the temporary jumper connection and associated
backflow prevention device, fittings , valves, etc . , shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
r 10 . If the water main to be flushed is greater than 6" diameter or such length that a full pipe
flush at the 2 .5 FPS velocity cannot be accomplished , the following procedure shall be
utilized .
a ) Install pressure gauges as indicated on Temporary Jumper Detail (W- 11 ) .
b) Open all downstream valves in the new system prior to flush .
c) Flush new water main thru tie-in valve maintaining a 10 +/- PSI pressure
.. differential between gauges during flush .
d ) IRCDUS personnel , in the presence of the Engineer of Record shall operate tie-
in valve to insure that the required pressure differential is maintained .
I)RAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY gtv[-R o TEMPORARY NO .
1
2
DEPARTMENT OF JUMPER DETAIL W - 1
UTILITIES SERVICES
Lout NATES A )
r
2x4 MARKER PAINTED GREEN
7\
6 " CAP
SOF ROAD CROWN
z ELEVATION OF ROAD
/ J
/ 74
77
\ z
COVELLJ \ %/ % i!\ / %\! �/\ \ ua MINIMUM SLOPE 1 /4" PER FT o
0N
r
USE GREATER SLOPE
CL WHERE POSSIBLE
a.
- s
DEPTH BE
DETERMINED IN THE
FIELD AS REQUIRED TO ELEVATION
AVOID UTILITIES ( TYP )
MARKER BALL TAPED
TO 6 " x4" WYE ( TYP )
I
DOUBLE SERVICE SINGLE SERVICE
TYPICAL TYPICAL
6 " O �.
STANDARD "Y" BRANCHES
TO BE LOCATED IN THE FIELD - -
w
INSTALLED PLUG WRAP WITH JI
( TYP ) DETECTION TAPE
r
60 w
D_
O
BENDS AS of
REQUIRED d �`
wr
6 " 0
z_ (EOF SEWER MAIN TO BE
-J ON OF STREET UNLESS
OTHERWISE APPROVED BY IRCDUS
6 " DOUBLE " Y" COMMERCIAL
Ld
CL
0 ( 6" x4" " Y" RESIDENTIAL)
cr PLAN VIEW i
NOTE
1 . SANITARY SEWER LATERALS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 " IN DIAMETER .
2. MAGNETIC DETECTION TAPE SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER ALL
SERVICE LATERALS.
3. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
4. MARKER BALLS TO BE TAPED TO 60tx4" WYE 24" BELOW FINISHED GRADE.
5. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 4" CLEAN OUT IN EASEMENT AT TIME OF TIE— IN .
DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY 2 �0� STANDARD LATERAL NO.
DEPARTMENT OF 7
UTILITIES SERVICES *� P* ( SHALLOW SEWER ) S - 1
0+�1 iEBPV�flv ]0'JB
r
6 " CLEANOUT W/CLEANOUT CAP ( TYP)
s
2' BELOW GRADE 6 "x4" WYE
(TURNED 90'
r DEPTH TO BE DETERMINED IN THE FOR CRARITY)
FIELD AS REQUIRED TO AVOID
UTILITIES (TYP)
.� SINGLE SERVICE AS SHOWN ON
STANDARD LATERAL DETAIL (S-1 )
w w
z71 OF ROAD CROWN
r ELEVATION OF ROAD
a
a al
1\ 77/77/7771
N ��i \\/ I,
TYPICAL TRENCH CONTOUR /j��/�//
��/\\ \\ \ DURING CONSTRUCTION
6" T\/T\ BENDS AS REQ'D
6"x30' LONG3/4"
RADIUS BEND GRAVEL
CONTINUE GRAVEL BED
UNDER & PARALLEL TO
I o PIPE INTO UNDISTURBED
SAND SOIL TO PROPERTY LINE
DOUBLE SERVICE AS BED
SHOWN ON STANDARD PIPE INVERT
LATERAL DETAIL ( S-1 ) -
r
SAND EXCAVATION STANDARD "Y" BRANCH
TO BE LOCATED IN FIELD
MARKER BALL TAPED - J
TO 6x4 WYE (TYP)
ELEVATION
r
NOTES
r
1 . 3/4" GRAVEL BEDDING SHALL BE USED FOR EXCAVATION IN ROCK .
SAND BEDDING SHALL BE USED FOR EXCAVATION IN SAND.
c 2. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
3. MARKER BALLS TO BE TAPED TO 6" x4" 24" BELOW FINISHED GRADE.
4. HOUSE BUILDER WILL BE RESPONSABLE FOR CUTTING SEWER CLEANOUT TO GRADE PRIOR
TO CONNECTION.
r
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY Q V �p DRNING
MODIFIED RISER LATERAL OO
DEPARTMENT OF y Sc
UTILITIES SERVICES ( BEEP SEWER ) S - 2
OR P
fFPRUMY 2W6
r
r
r
r
MANHOLE COVER - LETTERS TO
BE MARKED " SANITARY SEWER "
r
22- 3 /4 so
r2,o r
r
110
❑ COVER - SECTION
nln r
❑
❑ ❑ 22-15/18" r
20- 5/8"
r
r
CONCEALED WATERTIGHT r
PICKHOLE
PLAN VIEW
24- 3/4"
WATERTIGHT BOOT 3'- o"
RAIN GUARD
( AS REQUIRED ) FRAME - SECTION `
r
NOTES `
1 . A WATERTIGHT BOOT RAIN GUARD SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL MANHOLE FRAME/COVERS
AND APPROVED BY INDIAN RIVER COUNTY.
2. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
. . DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �� BOG STANDARD
TARDARD NO. r
DEPARTMENT OF z�
UTILITIES SERVICES L a MANHOLE CASTING S - 3
swme[n ww r
r
MANHOLE NOTES
r
1 . REINFORCING AREA OF 0. 20 SQ. IN . /FT. FOR WALL SECTION , MINIMUM TO
MEET OR EXCEED A . S . T. M , A 185 .
2. ALL CEMENT TO BE TYPE I .
3 . ALL CONCRETE FOR PRECAST MANHOLES TO BE MINIMUM 3 , 000 P . S. I . TO
_ MEET OR EXCEED A . S. T. M . C 478.
4. BOTTOMS AND CHANNELS OF ALL MANHOLES TO BE OF 2 , 500 P . S . I . FILL
CONCRETE FINISHED SMOOTH WITH STEEL TROWEL.
,. 5 . CONCRETE MANHOLES TO HAVE A MIN . WALL THICKNESS OF 8" .
6 . INSIDE OF MANHOLE SHALL BE COATED WITH TWO COATS OF COAL TAR
EPDXY AND TWO COATS OUTSIDE. ( KOPPERS 300 OR EQUAL) .
" 7 . CHANNELS TO BE FORMED IN ALL MANHOLES TO ACCEPT T. V. CAMERA .
8 . ORIENT ECCENTRIC CONE AS REQUIRED BY ENGINEER IN FIELD .
r 9 . BOTTOM SECTION TO BE MONOLITHIC POUR EXCEPT WHERE DROP
CONNECTION REQUIRED .
10. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MANHOLE AND LIFT STATION WET WELL
STRUCTURES SHALL BE BY MEANS OF BORING A PENETRATION IN THE
STRUCTURE , RATHER THAN PUNCHING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE
POSITIVE MEASURES TO PREVENT ANY CONCRETE OR CONSTRUCTION
DEBRIS FROM ENTERING THE WASTEWATER SYSTEM .
11 . BUOYANCY CALCULATIONS SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR ALL MANHOLES.
12. NO. 40 BARS 9 " O. C. EACH WAY IN SLAB ( TOP AND BOTTOM ) .
r 13. SLOPES ON CHANNEL BOTTOMS TO EQUAL SLOPES OF LINES ENTERING
AND EXITING MANHOLES .
14. 2 COURSES BRICK MINIMUM , 6 COURSES BRICK MAXIMUM BETWEEN ALL
PRECAST MANHOLE TOPS AND CASTINGS.
15 . 3 /4" CRUSHED STONE FOUNDATIONS FOR A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 12"
SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY IRCDUS .
+ 16 . MANHOLE LID SHALL BE TRAFFIC BEARING ( H - 20 LOADING) .
17, SEWER PIPE INVERTS AT BOTTOM OF MANHOLES SHALL HAVE
Jim AN INVERT ELEVATION DIFFERENTIAL OF 0 . 1 FEET FOR A CHANGE
IN DIRECTION AND 0 . 05 FEET FOR A STRAIGHT RUN .
18 . A WATERTIGHT RAIN GUARD BOOT, TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS'
+ PRODUCT LIST, SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL MANHOLE FRAME /COVERS.
19 . MATERIALS FOR LINING MANHOLES , WHERE REQUIRED , TO BE PER IRCDUS
APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST. FIBERGLASS LINERS SHALL BE
INSTALLED ON ALL MANHOLES RECEIVING PUMPED SEWAGE .
20 . PUMP OUT MANHOLE SHALL BE LOACTED WITHIN 20' OF LIFT STATION
r
AND CONSTRUCTED OUT OF RIGHT OF WAY.
VER DRAWING
+ INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �� NO.
DEPARTMENT OF y MANHOLE NOTES
UTILITIES SERVICES a S - 4
+ ORI rmnu,wr sone
MANHOLE FRAME FINISH GRADE
AND COVER
CONCENTRIC LEVELING RINGS
CONE 2 COURSES ((MIN) X O
6 COURSES (MAX) Q
SEE PIPE OPENING 24 3/4" o U
DETAIL ( S - 10 ) I U-)
a ,.
W U
x � SEE MANHOLE
n EFFLUENT &
FILL CONCRETE + ^. > o INFLUENT DETAIL .■
OR BRICK W/TYPE I
CEMENT MORTAR
PIPE INVERT
8„ 4' - 0" ID 8 „
6 „ 6 „
6 ' - 4" OD
ELEVATION A LOPE r
SECTION A - A 22%FT
PLAN VIEW
TO BE USED WHEN CUT CLASSIFICATION IS 6 ' - 0 " OR LESS
NOTES
1 . SEE MANHOLE NOTES ON DRAWING N0, S - 4
2. SEE STANDARD MANHOLE CASTING DRAWING NO. S- 3
3. SEE PIPE OPENING DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 10
4. SEE MANHOLE EFFLUENT & INFLUENT DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 11
IVER I DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY Q �o MANHOLE NO . ..
DEPARTMENT OF 7, y
UTILITIES SERVICES � � STANDARD SHALLOW S - 5
R rm my row r
r
MANHOLE FRAME & COVER SEE MANHOLE
EFFLUENT &
r INFLUENT DETAIL
0 0
o a o 0
o olo o �,
A o00o A
0 0 0
r
ADDITIONAL REINFORCING BARS
REQUIRED AT OPENING . SLAB TO
TO BE TRAFFIC BEARING. SUBMIT
SHOP DRAWING FOR APPROVAL
r PLAN VIEW
LEV UNG RINGS
r GASKET 6 COURSES
(MAX) Z
8.. O
r Q U
L 24" _..J
o n
In I ¢
8" 4' - 0 " ID 8" Fy co v
SEE PIPE OPENING > w I
DETAIL ( S - 10) I 0
MIN
( T +
r
FILL CONCRETE 8
OR BRICK W/TYPE I
r CEMENT MORTAR ELEVATION
PIPE INVERT
SECTION A — A
TO BE USED WHEN CUT CLASSIFICATION IS 6 ' - 0 " OR LESS
NOTES
r
1 . SEE MANHOLE NOTES ON DRAWING NO. S- 4.
2. SEE STANDARD MANHOLE CASTING DRAWING NO. S-3.
3, SEE PIPE OPENING DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 10.
4. SEE MANHOLE EFFLUENT & INFLUENT DETAIL DRAWING NO. S - 11 .
IV DRAWING
r INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �'� MANHOLE NO,
DEPARTMENT OF Ea
UTILITIES SERVICES SLAB T O P - 6
� ORI ¢ asxwwr sooe
MANHOLE FRAME & COVER •
CUT CLASSIFICATION
HEIGHT
LEVEDNG RINGS w
2 COURSES MIN) o SEE MANHOLE
6 COURSES MAX = EFFLUENT & •
24 3/4 < INFLUENT DETAIL
w
QJ Q
FLEXIBLE
PLASTIC
GASKET `r
b 0
pt
r'
0 0
I
p B4' -0" ID � in •
OR 5'- O" ID w
o
Q z z
AA
r
no
6" MIN
(TYP) PIPE
INVERT
FILL CONCRETE
OR BRICK W/TYP€ I SEE PIPE OPENING
CEMENT MORTAR •
DETAIL (S-- 10)
ELEVATION PLAN VIEW
SECTION A- A
•
TO BE USED WHEN CUT CLASSIFICATION IS OVER 6 ' - O "
•
NOTES •
1 . SEE MANHOLE NOTES ON DRAWING NO. S- 4.
2. SEE STANDARD MANHOLE CASTING DRAWING NO . S- 3.
3. SEE PIPE OPENING DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 10.
4, SEE MANHOLE EFFLUENT & INFLUENT DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 11 .
5 , USE 5' - 0" I . D. MANHOLE AS DIRECTED BY THE IRCDUS. F
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �.
DIV ER MANHOLE DR NOOING •
DEPARTMENT OF Ca
UTILITIES SERVICES * q"Y STANDARD D E E P S — 7
L RI �[e"uixr sone •
i
SEE PIPE OPENING
DETAIL (S- 10)
i
8.. 4' - O" ID 8.. STANDARD
"T" BRANCH
i -
+
i PIPE INVERT
1 CONCRETE 6 " (MIN)
'v w ? ` I COVER ALL AROUND
6" (MIN ) a 0 ( BY CONTRACTOR) SEE MANHOLE
i (TPP ) � ,'i. EFFLUENT &
0 0 l INFLUENT DETAIL
+ STANDARD LONG
:r ,'.7' ''
� �. " • :+ •.' ± ` ; r I RADIUS ELBOW
i
FILL CONCRETE -/ 24 �
OR BRICK W TYPEI EXTENDED SLAB CAST
INTERGRAL WITH BASE
CEMENT MORTAR
ELEVATION d
SECTIO _ A — A SLOPE + +
i A 2"/FT ` _ A
i
I
i
PLAN VIEW
i
TO BE USED WHERE DROP IS 2 ' OR MORE
i
NOTES
i 1 . SEE MANHOLE NOTES ON DRAWING NO. S-4.
2. SEE PIPE OPENING DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 10.
3. SEE MANHOLE EFFLUENT & INFLUENT DETAIL;
t DRAWING NO. S- 11 -
4. SOLVENT JOINTS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR DROP PIPE.
5 . SEWER LATERALS SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED DIRECTLY INTO MANHOLES .
r
VER MANHOLE DRAWING
+� INDIAN RIVER COUNTY � No.
DEPARTMENT OF ra
UTIL,TTIFS SERVICES * P T Y P E „ A „ DROP s - g
i � iEBMIMY 1000
r
ID 8„ r
PIPE
INVERT r
DROP LESS
THAN 24" r
.: 4.:4
+ ... :-. i; 6 " ( MIN )
( TYP ) r
SEE MANHOLE EFFLUENT r
SEE PIPE OPENING & INFLUENT DETAIL
DETAIL ( S=- 10)
FILL CONCRETE
OR BRICK W/TYPE I
CEMENT MORTAR
r
ELEVATION
SECTION A- A
/ r
A A
o
� cV
r
PLAN VIEW
TO BE USED WHERE DROP IS LESS THAN 2 '
NOTES
1 . SEE MANHOLE NOTES ON DRAWING N0. S- 4. r
2. SEE PIPE OPENING DETAIL DRAWING NO. S-10.
3 . SEE MANHOLE EFFLUENT & INFLUENT DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 11 .
i
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY tV R MANHOLE DRAWING
r
DEPARTMENT OF Q
UTILITIES SERVICES 7* Pmt T Y P E „ B " DROP S _ 9
LORI rmn my xooe i
r
r
SPACE AROUND OUTSIDE OF PIPE SHALL BE
COMPLETELY FILLED WITH NON — SHRINK GROUT,
REMOVE CONCRETE AND BEND EXPOSED EXISTING
REINFORCING STEEL AROUND OUTSIDE OF PIPE
( FOR FIELD INSTALLATION )
r
PIPE CONNECTION TO BE NEOPRENE BOOT
WITH STAINLESS STEEL ACCESSORIES
r
H . P . ELEV. OF FILL CONCRETE
TO BE SAME AS OD OF PIPE 2" PER FOOT SLOPE
r
r
r la a a
e T
6 " ( TYP )
a .
F T
r
3 " ( MINIMUM )
r
r
ELEVATION
r
NOTES
1 . ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS '
PRODUCT LIST.
r
V DRAWING
r INDIAN RIVER COUNTY � PIPE f� � O P E N � N V DE TA I L No.
DEPARTMENT OF 7 y I 1
UTILITIES SERVICES S — 1 0
LORI P �,�.
r
SEE PIPE OPENING
DETAIL ( S- 10 )
r
!
r
r
I
; .
- 3 /4" ROCK
( 20' UPSTREAM )
PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTION
TO BE NEOPRENE BOOT WITH r
STAINLESS STEEL ACCESSORIES
3 /4" ROCK
( 20' DOWNSTREAM ) FILLCW/TYPONI CEMENT
MBRICK
ORTAR
r
r
ELEVATION
r
PIPE JOINT DETAIL AT MANHOLE r
r
NOTE
1 . PIPE JOINT DETAIL IS TYPICAL FOR ALL PIPE TO MANHOLE CONNECTIONS
2. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST. r,
3. 3/4" ROCK TO BE USED AS BEDDING FOR 20' UPSTREAM & DOWNSTREAM OF MANHOLE.
r
NDIAN RIVER COUNTY R VEa MANHOLE DRAWING
r
DEPARTMENT of EFFLUENT & INFLUENTS - 11
UTILI ?IESif RVICES Z* �
r
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
FINISH GRADE
s
r \�\j�\//�
FIBERGLASS LINER
z
FORCE MAIN
M
r
r
r
41 - 0" ID
r
GRAVITY SEWER
STANDARD LONG DOWNSTREAM
RADIUS ELBOW INLET
r CUT HOLE ( USE + 6 " (MIN)
NEOPRENE BOOT
TO SEAL) ( )
r 6 °(MIN )
ELEVATION
NOTES
1 . SEE MANHOLE NOTES ON DRAWING NO. S- 4.
2. SEE PIPE OPENING DETAIL DRAWING N0. 5- 10.
r 3. SEE MANHOLE EFFLUENT & INFLUENT DETAIL DRAWING NO. S- 11 .
4. NO INSIDE DROP WILL BE ACCEPTED,
5. MATERIALS FOR LINING MANHOLES SHALL BE EQUAL TO THAT MANUFACTURED BY ASSOCIATED
�r FIBERGLASS ENGINEERS OR APPROVED EQUAL AND SHALL BE ENGINEERED TO A
STANDARD OF 16, 000- POUND VERTICAL DYNAMIC WHEEL LOAD (AASTHO H - 20) .
FIBERGLASS LINERS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL MANHOLES RECEIVING PUMPED SEWAGE.
6 . ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
r
DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY NO.
UFPARTMENT OF z FORCE MAIN TIE - IN S - 12
UTILITIES SERVICES
� OR10P
rmxusmzwa
ELECTRIC METER f 1 /4 CU. YD. CONCRETE - DEPTH 2'-0- EACH
( 2) 4"0 STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINUM
I " WATER SERVICE LINE WITH REDUCED PRESSURE _ iG SCHEDULE 40 SUPPORT POST (SEE S-18)
BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND WATER METER -
- = LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL TO BE
SCHEDULE 80 PVC CABLE CONDUITS -
70 CONTROL PANEL (ENTIRE LENGTH ) L_ _ " APPROVED BY IRCDUS
FOR POWER AND INSTRUMENTATION 11 -
I
HATCH 3-N0. 5 (2) 3/4' z 90' BEND
HINGED SIDE - - - _ HOSE BIBIB HATCH HINGED SIDE
SLOPE FILL GROUT 6"(IM IN )
TO CENTER OF PR _ — — GATE VALVE
— WITH BOX
—t
4' CV 4" PV — � -- hw
r /
i r / . . � n all—
IT
LrL 11 411
N — J iii — - - - —� iD �
FLEX COUPLINGS I °M.V / i
0
o - i ..� I n n� n -' <` � w
v
"TI — � 0 4•' DIP
.n \ : : ` \` ' J� J V / - T T , U U� � .. I-u - 7n FORCE MAIN
Tj
� 4" CV � J z 45' BEND
EMERGENCY PUMP OUT
4" DIP VENT W/(2) DIPJ L - - - - - - - J
4'x30' BENDS WITH STAINLESS HATCH HINGED SIDE
STEEL HARDWARE CLOTH REQUIRED,
OUTSIDE TO BE PAINTED
6"(M'IIN )
\ / Fr- NOTES
2" PVC VALVE BOX DRAIN PLAN VIEW 1' CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT IRI INSPECTOR PRIOR TO
COMTRUCTION
NO. 5, 6 ' OC ].
PUMP STATION
EACH WAY-EACH FACE 4"x90" BENDS N.LS 3. FOR DATA TABLE AND PUAP STATION GENERAL NOTES SEE
DRAWINOSIS.
SCII NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION. 4. FOR ELECTRICAL DETAILS SEE DRAWING S-18.
INFLUENT PIPE 5. STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS MAY VARY UPON APPROVAL BY THE
(DIP OR PVC c-900) SEE PROJECT DRAN9NGS. IRTOOYANCY COMPENSATION OR OTHER
REQUIREMENTS.
6. DATE VALVE TO BE LOCATED AT FORCE MAIN JUNCTiION.
9. STAINLESS STEEL LIFTING HAILS SHALL BE USED.
gIv B GPoMIE1 PUMPS SPALL BE A MkQMUM OF 100 HORSE POWER
UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY IRCDUS.
INDIAN
RIVER
COUNTY
Q '. TYPICAL PUMPING STATION 0 �ELB CONTROL PANELSHALL CMWF ETOPUMP
0 11V L13i,1V RIVET\ L� OU1Y11 C, �Q r MANUFACTURES' B SCALA SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS.
O > DEPARTMENT
OF 13 GPFETY NET WITH STNLESS BTEEL HAROWPAE SHNLL LOVER
( PLAN ) 11 .FOR FOR ALL ME EATERSHALLBEHDPEOR R TOTALSS
Z UTILITIES SERVICES * 12.CAN CANNOT
ITER THAN II' IN WIk1ETER, TOTALDEPTH
U SERVICES {N� CANNOT E%GEED 25'.
0 J.lt {�P 13. LIFT MINIMUM
SHACBEL FROM
HOMES,
CUL DE
AWAY
LEMENT
OT{j y 2W' MINIMUM SEBOM1CN FROM HOMES, LUt CE SAL Q AWAY
FROM SURFACE BODY WATER,
t t t t r r r r t t r t r t t t t t t
SINGLE LEAF ACCESS DOOR _ ELECTRIC CABLE HOLDER W/ STAINLESS STEEL 5'-0"x 5'-0" DOUBLE LEAF ACCESS DOOR
W/STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE HARDWARE AND STRESS RELIEF "CHINESE FINGER" W/SAFETY CHAINS BOTH ENDS AND STAINLESS
4" DIP VENT W/(2) DIP-411 JSTEEL HARDWARE. FOR DOOR SWING OPEN (TRUE
X 90' BENDS ` "z1 " SS SUPPORT " " HOOK ORIENTATION) SEE PLAN (SHOWN 90' FOR CLARITY)
WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE CLOTH R'OD, � ��
OUTSIDE TO BE PAINTED 1 , �� SS UPPER GUIDE
BRACKET W/SS
1NCHORS 1 '
6" CONCRETE PAD BOLTS k A
GRADE I I 11 2-N0. 5, T. & E. W/ � 6" CONCRETE PAD GRADE ELEVATION
ELEVATION 2'• (MIN) 10" NO. 3 AT 12" TYP. _2" (MIN)
. ._" , .a ________________ _
STAINLESS STEEL BRACKET AND WET / 4' TYP MALE DISCONNECT
ASSOCIATED HARDWARE TOWE
S 8° ( ) NO. 4, 12"-DC VERT 4" COUPLER (BRONZE)
SUPPORT PUMP POWER CABLES 2'-0" 5-0" CONIC OPENING
3'-0" 4" FLEX COUPLING " a
SET PRECAST TOP SLAB ` caNCRETE 4"z90' BEND 8" T 4" P V 4 DIA SPOOL PIECE rGATE VALVE WITH BOX
ON 1 " NON-SHRINK, " r OPENING HDPE 4" C.V. 0. 4 8' -DC HORZ
NON-METALLIC GROUT � MOMOR —� —� - - - — — — - - - - _ —� -� - - - - - — —►
t
PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE SS GUIDE RAILS BY TRAP 4 a 12 " \�\\//� PDIS
IPE H4R DIA
MANHOLE RISER SECTIONS CONTRACTOR AS PER A .; .. /
MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE • . PUMP EQUIPMENT $' DIP OR PVC
WITH ASTM C 475 1Y MANUFACTURES SHOP a _
DRAWINGS SLOPE FLOOR TO DRAIN
AT 1 " PER FOOT
ELEV "A"
NEOPRENE BOOTN0. 5, 9" OC, EW., F. (STAG)\\ \
6" (MIN) 3/4" STONE
/
- - - - - - - - - - - � - FELEV 'B" COMPACT TO
" - J AROUND ALL STRUCTURES
12" 1 '- 4" 6'- 0"z 6'-0" 1 '-4" 987. MAXIMUM
DENSITY
INFLUENT PIPE 7 ' 2" PVC VALVE BOX DRAIN Wi1H P-TRAP LOCATED IN WETWEIL.
(DIP OR PVC C-900) B" v r THE LIFT STATION WET WELL SHALL CONFORM
(SHOWN 90' FOR CLARITY) (MIN) EF LEV "C• y PAINT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE WALLS AND UNDERSIDE OF TOP SLAB TO THE FOLLOWING SIZE:
RUBBER SEAL, FILL JOINTS ELEV "D' < OF WET WELL AND VALVE BOX W/ 2 COATS OF COAL TAR EPDXY
w/GROUT _ } WETWELL DIMENSIONS
EL %`•. NO. 4. 6" OC
LEV 'E"_ w : / . DEPTH (R) DIAMETER (R)
1fi", ; STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND 0-10 6
GROUT CORNERS OF WET — T : , / 16" ANCHORS FOR PUMP BASE ON
WELL (FULL CIRCLE) o `. / STAINLESS STEEL BASE PLATE 11 -15 8
HEIGHT 2'-4" (TYP) ��/ EF LEV F "' (SEE SECTION 8.078)
16- 20 10
o ELEV 'G*
21 -25 12
6
\ Na. a, s" OC IN CENTER OR AS APPROVED BY IRCDUS ENGINEER.
ED Y/\\\ :: . . . ': . • `' . :. . • : , :: ., /,.: , ,.4 . , (SEE PUMP STATION
.� s �\T\Yj GENERAL NOTES FOR WET
/\ . ' s' 'a ' / r 3• WELL WALL REINFORCING) NOTES
6 (MIN) 3/4" STONE 1 . CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT IRCDUS INSPECTOR PRIOR TO
E COMPACT TO !!56-VOC. E.W. , E.F. ELEVATION PUMP STATIONCONSTRULTION2. SEE NOTES AND PLAN VIEW DRAWING NO. S-13ANDS-1498%
MAXIMUM 3. FOR DATA TABLE AND PUMP STATION GENERAL NOTES SEE
2' (MIN) - " (MINIMUM DIA) 2' (MIN) N.T.S. DRAWINGS-15.
g SCHEMATIC: NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION. 4. STRUCTURE CTURE DIMENSIONSCAL DETAILS SEE VARY UP N-1s.
8 5. FOR ELECT DIMENSIONS MAY DRAWING
NAPPROVAL BY THE
SEE PROJECT DRAWINGS. IRCDUS DUE TO BOYANOY COMPENSATION OR OTHER
REQUIREMENTS.
S. GATE VALVE TO BE LOCATED AT FORCE MAIN JUNCTION.
7. STAINLESS STEEL LIFT NO BAILS SHALL BE USED.
gI Y GRINDER PUMPS SHALL BE A MMIMUM OF 10 U HORSE POWER
' ^ p !� UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY I FISCUS.
V J Q INDIAN RIVER COUNTY O 9 ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANAL SHALL CONFORM TO PUMP
T'� TYPICAL PUMPING S TA TI 0 N MANUFACTURES NET WITH
a S AILS SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS.
Z > DEPARTMENT OF Q Z 10.WETWELLSET WITH STAILESS STEEL HARDWARE SHALL LOVER
( PLAN ) 11 LINER FORALLWETWELR SHALL BE HDPE OR FIBERGALSS DE
11 FORK FOR ALL
GREATER THAN 12' IN DAIMETER, TOTAL DEPTH
Z UTILITIES SERVICES f* a� CANNOT EXCEED 25 .
13. LIFT STATION SHALL BE LOCATED IN A DEDICATED EASEMENT
20W MINIMUM SETBACK FROM HOMES, CUL DE SAC & AWAY
FROM SURFACE BODY WATER.
PUMP STATION GENERAL NOTES
1 . Contractor shall take necessary precautions against .r
floatation of wet well until all back fill is in place.
2 . All concrete shall be class A-A (4 ,000 PSI for precast and
3, 000 PSI for cast-in-place) unless otherwise specified .
3. Reinforcingsteel shall be rade 60 fabricated and laced
9 P FLOAT CONTROL SYSTEM
in accordance with ACI code splices and shall be six (6)
times the bar diameter number size or 18" minimum unless PUMPING STATION DATA TABLE
otherwise noted (STAG . SPL. , TYP). LIFT STATION NUMBER
4. All backfill around the pump station site shall be PUMPING CAPACITY G.P.M. 00
compacted 98% density , PRIMR .
p @ ty, per T-180. CDNDmw TOTAL HEAD Ct) FEET 00
5 . Chamfer exposed concrete edges 3/4" (TYP). EFFICIENCY % 00%
6 . Wet well wall shall contain a minimum of .022 sq in/linear MTER- PUMPING CAPACITY G.P.M. --
foot reinforcement, each way top to bottom. �TE TOTAL HEAD FEET --
7 . All piping at the pump station site shall be restrained . EFFICIENCY X --
r
8 . All Pumps and Pumping Equipment - See IRCDUS SEEIYGM UMPING CAPACITY G.P.M. --
approved manufacturers' product list. cv DnmN 13 HEAD on FEET --
9. Stainless steel cable holder shall be located on opposite EFFICIENCY % --
side of Wet well from the Influent pipe. MIN. SOLIDS PASS. IMPELLER INCHES 0' r
10. Bouyancy calculations shall be required for all pump PUMP MODEL NUMBER NO. 0000-0-0'
stations along with the required pump station cal PUMP IMPELLER INCHES XX-00
PUMP SPEED (DESIGN) R.P.M. 0000
11 . No uni-flange pipe Connections allowed . MOTOR NAMEPLATE H.P. H.P. 0
12 . Maintain minimum of 6" between any piping , tlttings etc. MAX. PUMP BRAKE H.P, H.P. t 0.0
and precast concrete . MAX. NPSHR 2 SECONDARY FEET --
13. Fiberglass liners shall be installed on all manholes MAX. MOTOR SPEED F54-0)'0 (000
. 0000 _
receiving pumped sewage. INITIAL INFLUENT
mw PEAK . 00
14 . Pump station control panel shall be provided with MIN. PUMP CYCLE TIME . 00
appropriate lightning arrestor. Verify all driven grounds per ALARM SIGNAL ON ELEV. ' 0.00
ELEV.'Bf 0.00
N . E .C . LAG PUMP ON ELEV.UENT PIPE INV. ELE ' 0.00 r
15. An access drive shall be provided to all IRCDUS LEAD PUMP ON ELEV. (+) D' 0.00
maintained lift stations. All access drives shall be a minimum PUMPS OFF ELEVATION ' 0.00
of 12' wide. If fence is installed , gate shall have a 12' ALARM SIGNAL ON ELEV. ' --
Opening. BOTTOM OF WET WELL G' (-)0,00
16 . Allr0 osed private station owners are to sign an PUMP MANUFACTURER XXO
P P P 9 Puw vas DPe M eery MR Y
agreement acknowledging station is to remain private " m SEd1D"RY
unless subject station is constructed to IRCDUS standards.
THE LIFT STATION WET WELL SHALL CONFORM
17 . Pumps shall be designed to provide a minimum pump TO THE FOLLOWING SIZE,
run time equal to half the cycle time. WETWELL DIMENSIONS r
18 . Pumps shall be designed to provide a maximum DEPfN 1b 01NE`R (M
clearance of ten feet outside of lift station wet well for future u-tD 6
-Is B
maintenance. I6-20 10
19. All re-pump stations shall have bio-cube odor control 21-25 12
systems as required by manufacturer, and approved by OR AS APPROVED BY IRCDUS ENGINEER.
IRCDUS . M
20. Lift Station is to be located in a dedicated utility
easement, 200' away from homes, cul de sacs and surface
body water.
21 . A safety net with stainless steel hardware is required
for all wetwells
'RIVER DRAWING r
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY TYPICAL PUMPING STATION N°.
DEPARTMENT OF y ( DATA TABLE & NOTES ) S - 15
UTILITIES SERVICES � � r
LORI9P onoEn roc
r
2' ( MIN ) 1 ' ( MIN )
- r
1 ( MIN ) FROM
CONTROL PANEL
1 ' ( MIN ) LJ REINFORCED CONCRETE
❑
SLAB 6 " THICK ( MIN )
1 ' ( MIN ) CURB STOP
r` ¢ 6 " x6 " 10x10 WW MESH
EMERGENCY OR FIBERCRETE ( TYP )
GENERATOR TO BE CONSTRUCTED
PLAN VIEW p PER ACI 318 ( TYP )
ALTERNATIVE " A " �— REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB
,. 4" THICK ( MIN )
1 ' ( MIN )
V (MIN ) 112' ( MIN )
1 ' (MIN )
° EMERGENCY
- GENERATOR
1 ' ( MIN )
1 ` (MIN ) + ,
CURB STOP
1 ' (MIN ) FROM CONTROL PANEL '
2' (MIN ) REINFORCED
CONCRETE SLAB
REINFORCED CONCRETE 8 4" THICK ( MIN )
- SLAB 6 "THICK (MIN )
1 ' ( MIN ) _ 12' MIN
- q
• • - • TURN APRON
10' (MIN ) ( TYPICAL)
,. PLAN VIEW L
ALTERNATIVE " B " 10' ( MIN ) 10' ( MIN )
NOTE
1 . LOCATION OF CONTROL PANEL PER IRCDUS INSPECTOR ,
r
v
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY g R � oRA�nNc
DEPARTMENT Or z z TYPICAL PUMPING STATION S "°15
UTILITIES SERVICES *r ( DETAIL SHEET ) ( A
r RI rmeuwvr noon )
RED COLOR FLASHING ALARM ANNUNCIATING LIGHT
LIGHT WITH CAGE (VISIBLE
360' IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION NAME PLATE
(TYPICAL)
EMERGENCY GENERATOR
RECEPTACLE SEE 2.0 PRE-PUNCHED
SPECIFICATIELECTRICAL
RECEPTACLE OMODELNS R CONNECTION HOLE
o ® 0 0
RESET TM U TM 1 SILENCER
�{ ( RUN INDICATING LIGHTS
MOTOR GABLE ITYP) --,\\
HOA
o �
WATERTIGHT CONNECTOR - PANEL TO BE 304L
W/NEOPRENE GLAND TO STAINLESS STEEL
MATCH CABLE (FURNISHED a
WITH PUMP)
TERMINAL BLOCK FOR
ALARM HORN EXTERNAL ALARMS
WATERTIGHT CONN€CTOR - - 14#14 TO RTU
(FURNISHED WITH PIMP) Li Li
# 1 # 2 # 3
FRONT VIEW 2' PVC CONDUIT TO STATION
CONFIRM WITH PUMP MANUFACTURER
TO FIT FIT CABLE BUSHING
TO TYPICAL_ CLINTROL PANEL
- - - -
COUPLING CONTROL PANEL 3X
ADAPTER (STAINLESS STEEL) r
(2) 4' ALUMINUM
PVC CONDUIT
40 SUPPORT
TO STATION POSTS (TYP)
j SERVICE DISCONNECT
CONNECTOR_ DETAIL METER (STAINLESS STEEL)
ENCASED
NOTES PLAN VIEW
1. ELECTRIC SERVICE SHALL BE 3 VARIES
CONTROL PANEL
PHASE. METER
2. ALARM HORN SHALL BE SEALED TO ALUMINUM UNISTRUT
PREVENT LEAKAGE. BRACING \2 REVD
3. CONTROL PANEL TO BE APPROVED 0 + SERVICE
BY IRCDUS BEFORE INSTALLATION. DISCONNECT
4. REFER TO SECTION 8 FOR PUMPING0 + (2) 4' ALUMINUM
STATION SPECIFICATIONS. ? SCH 40 SUPPORT
POSTS (TYP)
5. BOTTOM OF PANEL TO BE 28' TO
34' ABOVE GROUND. M 3/0 BAR[ COPPER WIRE
6. DISCONNECT BETWEEN METER AND - GROUND CLAMP
PANEL TO BE STAINLESS STEEL FINISH GRADE
NON FUSABLE,
7, ALL HARDWARE AND FASTENERS } CONCRETE SL"IRT-1/4 CU YA
TO HE STAINLESS STEEL. 2' MIN 3000 PSI POURED AGAINST
CONDUIT TO POWER _ IMOISTURBED SUIL
8• SPARE PARTS (SEE SECTION 8,05). POLE SEE SITE PLMAIN
9. CONTROL PANEL SHALL MEET THE
5/8' DIA X SV LONG
REQUIREMENTS OF SERVICE ENTRANCE 12' CIPPERWELD GROUND ROD
BY PROPERLY BONDING OR SHALL BE ` 2' PVC TUBE
UL SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED.
10, CONTROL PANEL SHALL HAVE A DATA FRONT ELEVATION CONDUITS TO PUMPING
FLOW, FLOAT BY-PASS SWITCH. STATION (SEE PLAN)
11. THE MAXIMUM HORSEPOWER RATING FOR
A 240 VOLT LIFT STATION SERVICE IS 20 H.P.
ANY PUMP SIZE GREATER THAN 20 H.P. NEEDS TYPICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE STRUCTURE_
A 480 VOLT SERVICE. -
¢1��F, DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �oTYPICAL PUMPING STATION NO,
DEPARTMENT OF ' ( ELECTRICAL DETAILS ) S - 16
UTTT ,TTTI', S SERVICES � 1 �`� ��
Co tI� '
wca ems
45 ° BEN ➢ S GATE VALVE 45 ° BENDS
METER GATE VALVE
0 0
e
O •
` GATE VALVE - GATE VALVE
TEMPORARY BYPASS
DIRECTI ❑ N OF FLOW
PLAN VIEW
CENTER OPENING METER BOX
OVER METER ( SEE NOTE 2 )
8' (MIN )
120 (MAX )
.. SEE PLAN VIEW >
13
FOR VALVE Jj
o
LOCATIONS ro
r
45 ° BEN ➢ S ° 4 ' °( MIN ) GRAVEL 450BENDS
OR CRUSHED ROCK
r BY PASS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY
ELEVATION
.. NOTES
1. METERS MUST BE INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR PER MANUFACTURERS ' RECOMENDATIONS.
2. MINIMUM SIZE AND TYPE OF METER BOXES SHALL BE DETERMINED DURING DESIGN AND
APPROVED BY IRCDUS,
3, BYPASS ADAPTER TEE SHALL BE A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 5 TIMES
THE PIPE DIAMETER DOWNSTREAM OF METER.
s
4, PIPING THRU VALVE BOX TO BE APPROVED FLANGE JOINT MATERIALS AND
RESTRAINED PER IRCDUS.
5. ALL METERS SHALL BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST .
PERMANENT DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �D NO.
r DEPARTMENT OF % SEWER E ❑ RCEMAIN
UTILITIES SERVICES f* Y METER DETAIL S - 17
�LOItI
r
�P
DET €CTION TAPE
( SEE NOTE NO 6 ) PROVIDE TRENCH
SLOPE AS REQ ' D i
PROVIDE TRENCH
SLOPE AS REQ ' D GRADE
Az
`� i
( SEE NOTE 4 ) z
z
6 ' MAX LAYERS
OR OTHER APPROVED �.
MAINTAIN TRENCH METHOD TO ACHIEV €
WIDTH 2' - 0 ' ABOVE o 98 % COMPACTION
TOP OF PIPE u i
o �
� M
N
cu(U
i
MAXIMUM WATER + - - — 4 ' MAX
LEVEL ALLOWABLE LAYERS
DURING CONSTRUCTION d AT 98 %
3 / 4 ' DIA BEDDING ROCK 12 ' PIPE 12 '
OR PEA ROCK WHERE UNDISTURBED i
CONDITIONS REQUIRE OD SOIL
TRENCH WIDTH
, W ,
i
ELEVATI ® N
NDTES
1. WHERE SOIL CONDITIONS CANNOT BE MAINTAINED AS SHOWN ABOVE , PROVIDE APPROVED
METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION.
2. SHEETING WILL BE REQUIRED AS DETERMINED IN THE FIELD.
3. COMPACTION PERCENTAGES SHOWN REFER TO AASHTO T-180.
4. MECHANICAL COMPACTION NOT ALLOWED BELOW THIS LEVEL,
5. TRENCH WIDTH 'W' = PIPE O.D. PLUS 2 ' -0'.
6. 2' WIDE DETECTION TAPE WITH METALLIC BACKING TO BE INSTALLED OVER MAIN i'
BELOW SURFACE, TAPE TO BE MARKED-'CAUTIONi WATER LINE BELOW ' , CAUTION, FORCE
MAIN BELOW', OR 'CAUTION, REUSE WATER MAIN BELOW', TRACE WIRE SHALL ALSO BE
USED CONTINUOSLY ON ALL PIPE . (SEE DETAIL M- 14),
7 . ALL RESTORATION IN EASEMENTS OR RIGHTS OF WAY OR WHEN REQUIRED BY OTHER i
JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES SHALL CONFORM TO IRCDUS SPECIFICATIONS OR THE
OTHER JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY SPECIFICATIONS, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT.
B. ALL PIPE TO BE LOCATED 5' OZ (TYPICAL) FROM EDGE OF PAVEMENT , PER FDOT INDEX 105, i
zE' i
DEPARTMENT
SERVICES * TRENCH D E T A I L DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY 4 o NO,
UTILI
DEPARTMENT Ota'
f� ; Iuv ( UNPAVED EASMENTS ) M - 1
r _ TRENCH WIDTH
r 'I
MECHANICALLY TRENCH WIDTH ' W ' + 4 ' MIN
SAW EXISTING SURFACE RESTORATIONPAV6
MENT MIN EXISTING
BASE
Z T
W
/ / / / / ! % / >
DETECTION TAPE r REPLACEMENT a
LIMEROCK BASE ae
( SEE NOTE NO 8 ) / IN 3 LIFTS AT w
98% u
6' ( MAX) LAYERS OR ( SEE NOTE 6 ) m
OTHER APPROVED METHOD
TO ACHIEVE 98% COMPACTION cu
MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL — — + 4 ' MAX
ALLOWABLE DURING
CONSTRUCTION 4� Aie
r /� AT 98 %
r 3/ 4' DIA BEDDING ROCK
OR PEA ROCK WHERE 12 ' ODE 12 '
UNDISTURBED SOIL
CONDITIONS REQUIRE
TRENCH WIDTH
' W ' ELEVATI ❑ N
NOTES
.� 1. WHERE SOIL CONDITIONS CANNOT BE MAINTAINED AS SHOWN ABOVE, PROVIDE APPROVED
METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION,
2. SHEETING WILL BE REQUIRED AS DETERMINED IN THE FIELD,
3. NEW SURFACING MATERIALS SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH EXISTING MATERIALS AND SHALL
HAVE LAPPED AND FEATHERED JOINTS. (1 -1 /2' MIN, THK,)
4. COMPACTION PERCENTAGES SHOWN REFER TO AASHTO T-180.
5. ALL ROADWAY RESTORATION SHALL COMPLY WITH INDIAN RIVER COUNTY PUBLIC
m WORKS/FDOT STANDARDS.
6. MECHANICAL COMPACTION NOT ALLOWED BELOW THIS LEVEL.
7. TRENCH WIDTH 'W' = PIPE O.D, PLUS 2'-0'.
8. 2' WIDE DETECTION TAPE WITH METALLIC BACKING TO BE INSTALLED OVER MAIN 1'
BELOW SURFACE, TAPE TO BE MARKED-'CAUTIONi WATER LINE BELOW % CAUTION: FORCE
MAIN BELOW', OR 'CAUTION, REUSE WATER MAIN BELOW ', TRACE WIRE SHALL BE USED
CONTINUOSLY ON ALL PIPE. ( SEE DETAIL M-14).
9. 98% COMPACTION IN SHOULDER OF RIGHT OF WAY .
10. ALL PIPE TO BE LOCATED 5' O.C. (TYPICAL) FROM EDGE OF PAVEMENT, PER FDOT INDEX 105.
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY glVE DRAWING
DEPARTMENT OF °� T REN l H DETAIL N0'
UTILITIES sRvtcFs ( PAVED AREAS & SHOULDERS ) M - 2
L016 � m
r rz-
:� n
� Z
x RESTRAINED LENGTH IN FEET EACH SIDE OF RESTRAINED LENGTH IN FEET FOR REDUCER
x+ PIPE D , I . P , P , V , C , PIPE
DIAMETER DIAMETER
� ^ (INCHES) 90 ° 459 221/26 11 1/° 900 450 22 '/26 11 1�4 (INCHES)' 3 " 4•' 8 " 8 " 10 " 12 •' 18 " 20 „ 24" 30
"
C
a 3 " 30' 15' 10' 5' 40' 2D' 10 ' 5' 3 " D 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0
^C
� ,Zl`1DI4 " 35' 15' 1D' 51 55' 25' 151 10' 4'° 40' 0 0 0 0 0 0 D 0 0
h
6 " 55' 25' 10' S` 80' 35' 20' 1D' 8 •' 50' 45' 0 0 @ D 0 I0 0 0
e " 65' 30' 15' 10, 90' 40' 20' 10' 8 °' 75' 70,' 40' 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 •' 80' 35' 20' 10' 110' 50 ' 25' 15 ' 1011 95' 90' 70' 40' 0 0 0 0 0 0
12 " 95' 40' 20 ' 10' 130' 55 ' 30' 15' 12 " 120' 115' 100' 75' 40 ' 0 0 0 0 0
n
16 " 120' 50` 25 ' 15' 165' 70 ' 35 ' 2D' 18 " 160' 155' 140' 125' 100' 7D` 0 D D 0
d
20 " 150 ' 65' 30' 15' 200' 85' 40' 2�Q' 20 " 200' 195' 185' 1701 150' 130' 75' 0' 0 0
24 " 180 ' 70' 35 ' 20' 210' 90 ' 45' 25' 24" 160 ' 155 ' 1501 14 D' 135' 120' 90' 50' 0 0
]� D 30 " 190 ' 80' 40' 20' 2501 105' 50' 25' 30 " 195 ' 190' 185' 180' 170' 160' 120' 105' 70' 0
Z H,
d z 36 " 220 ' 95' 45 ' 25' 0 0 i0' 0 3B " 225' 220' 215' 210' 205' 195' SBO' 150' 125' 7D'
H
Z z 4211 245' 105' 5D' 25 ' 0 0 0 01 42 " 245' 240' 235 ' E2301 225' 220' 205' 160 ' 155 ' 105'
48 " 260 ' 120 ' 60' 30' 0 0 0 0 48 " 255' 250' 245 " 235 ' 230' 215' 195 ' 175' 125'
(� RESTRAINED LENGTHS FOR DEAD ENDS AND LENGTH OF RESTRAINED JOINT FOR LARGER DIAMETER PIPE
BRANCHES FROM TEES SHALL BE THE SAME
AS FOR 900 BENDS
>
A
D
O £
Z
W
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r [ r r r r
y ,iir
GRADE OBSTRUCTION 36 " MIN
COVER
*��- PRESSURE MAIN
RESTRAINED
JOINTS - - -
45 ' OR 22 1 �2'
ENCASE AS REQ' D BENDS ( M . J.
ELEVATION SPECIAL UTILITY CRQSSING - FITTING TYPE
* 18" MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR WATER, STORM WATER, AND SANITARY SEWER MAIN CROSSINGS.
IF MINIMUM CLEARANCE CANNOT BE OBTAINED, DIP WITH MECHANICAL JOINTS OR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
IS REQUIRED (SEE NOTE 5A)
r
GRADE C OT OBSTRUCTION SLOPE TO
36 ' ( MIN ) COVER-�'
SEE NOTE NO . 2 - PRESSURE MAIN
FOR ACCEPTABLE
DEFLECTION CENTER A FULL LENGTH OF PIPE
€NCASE AS REO' D - AT THE POINT OF CROSSING
r
ELEVATION STANDARD UTILITY CROSSING - DEFLECTION TYPE
NOTES
1 . THE DEFLECTION TYPE CROSSING SHALL BE USED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. ONLY UNDER SPECIFIC
ORDERS BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED BY IRCDUS SHALL THE FITTING TYPE CROSSING BE ALLOWED.
r 2. CONSTRUCT STANDARD CROSSING NOT TO EXCEED 75% OF THE MANUFACTURERS' MAXIMUM JOINT DEFLECTION.
3. IF USED, TIE RODS ARE TO BE COATED WITH A COAL TAR ENAMEL AFTER ASSEMBLY. (2 COATS MINIMUM )
4. OTHER METHODS OF RESTRAINT MAY BE USED AS APPROVED BYIRCDUS.
r "5A. USE DIP FOR GRAVITY SEWER WHERE VERTICAL CLEARANCE BETWEEN WATER MAIN AND SEWER IS
LESS THAN 18 INCHES. DIP SHALL BE USED FOR GRAVITY SEWER AT WATER LINE CROSSING WITH A
LENGTH OF PIPE. THE PIPE SHALL BE CENTERED AT THE POINT OF CROSSING, SO AS TO LOCATE JOINTS
r
AT A POINT OF CROSSING, AND TO LOCATE THE JOINTS AT A MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE WATER LINE.
5B. ONLY UNDER EXTREME CIRCUMSTANCES MAY MINIMUM AND HORIZONTAL SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS BE
WAIVED AND ENCASEMENT BE UTILIZED BETWEEN WATER MAINS AND FORCE MAINS.
6. SEE TRACER WIRE DETAIL. M - 14.
7. ALL WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION EQUAL
TO THE DEPTH OF THE PIPE PLUS THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE FROM ANY PERMANENT ABOVE GROUND
STRUCTURES (I .E. WALLS, TREES, TRANSFORMER PADS, ETC.) AND A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
r EQUAL TO FOUR ( 4) FEET FROM ANY UNDERGROUND UTILITIES (I. E. GAS MAINS, TELEPHONE LINES,
CABLE LINES, IRRIGATION MAINS, ETC. )
8. ALL WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION EQUAL
TO TWO TIMES THE DEPTH OF THE PIPE PLUS THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE FROM THE TOP OF THE
BANKS OF ANY BODIES OF WATER (I . E. STORMWATER PONDS, CANALS, ETC. )
9 . ALL WATER AND SEWER UTILITIES SHALL BE LOCATED SUCH THAT A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
OF 10' EXISTS AS MEASURED FROM THE OUTSIDE WALL OF EACH MAIN .
r -
�i' DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY ^� �; NO.
DEPARTMENT OF 'z ' UTILITY CROSSINGS M - 4
UTILITIES SERVICES r*.,
YMCI{ 20L{
�1
ASPHALT SURFACE FINISHED GRADE
h 36" SQUARE -- I 24" SQUARE
ED
i
(1 ) - No. 30 y`i/ , �yi`vi vvi/vvi�. r
° CONTINUOUS i
° o CONCRETE i/ \ N0. 300 NE ,
PAD CONTINUOUS r
LIMEROCK _- SLIDE TYPE
BASE VALVE BOX SLIDE TYPE
TYPE I VALVE BOX TYPE II
POLYETHYLENE DUCTILE IRON STAY-PUT COVER
RAISED LETTERS MARKED:
CURB STOP BOX "WATER, " "SAN . SEWER, " "BRINE" OR
"REUSE WATER" AS APPLICABLE -
BRASS VALVE INDICATOR
12" (MAX) . • ' • /jam/i j
13
� a
TYPE I TYP E I I
� r
ROCK TO EXTEND
ABOVE EXTENSION ` FUER WITH
CLOTH
m
PROVIDE EXTENSIONAS SHOWN / ..
TRACE WIRE��
1
ELEVATION
NOTES r
ALL VALVE BOLTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL WITH BRASS NUTS
1 . PERMANENT LAND MARKERS ARE TO BE USED OVER ALL F.M . VALVES (SEE M- 11 )
2. ALL VALVES REQUIRE A LAT & LONG IN DEGREES & MINUTES r
3. SEE TRACER WIRE DETAIL. M - 14
4, RPMS ARE TO BE LOCATED IN ROADWAY FOR ALL WATER VALVES. (SEE W- 1 )
5. REFLECTIVE MARKERS FOR: FIRE HYDRANT (WATER) - BLUE r
5. WATER MAIN VALVE - WHITE
FORCE MAIN VALVE - GREEN
REUESE MAIN VALVE - PURPLE
BRINE - ORANGE +�
DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY NO.
DEPARTMENT OF VALVE AND BOX -
iJTILITIES SERVICES 4� �
M - 5
LORI��
YMp1 2006 1�
i
24 " X 24 ' X 6 " THICK FIBERCRETE PAD AT
EACH VALVE BOX ( SHALL BE 36 " x 36 " IF
LOCATED IN TRAFFIC WAY )
200 CURB BOX
TO HOUSE TRACE WIRE
WITH DUCTILE IR ❑ N LID
i
i
0000a
- aD
i
i 6'GV
Na TARNS
i
200 BRASS INDICATOR ( EXAMPLE )
i SHALL BE FLUSH WITH PAD
PLAN VIEW
NOTES
1 , VALVE BOX LID SHALL BE PAINTED : BLUE - WATER
GREEN - FORCE MAINS
PURPLE - REUSE WATER
r BRINE - ORANGE
2 . BRASS VALVE INDICATOR TO BE PROVIDED WITH ENGRAVED DIAGRAM
OF VALVE LOCATI ❑ N AND DESCRIPTION , ( SEE EXAMPLE )
i INDICATOR SHALL BE FLUSH WITH PAD
gIVER DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY
W� �o
ND.
DEPARTMENT OF
VALVE BOX PAD
i UTILITIPS SERVICES ��� *� M _ 6
joat��
TRAFFIC BEARING UTILITY
BOX AND TOP WITH LIFTING METER BOX TO BE GRADE
DEVICE IN TOP , IDENTIFY USED FOR VENTILATIONi
UTILITY CSWALE )
GRADE ( ROADWAY ) 20 ( MIN )
i
j ' ~ \ i
AIR RELEASE
VALVE AS GRAVEL FOR
APPROVED BY IRCDUS `- DRAINBOX
4 ' — O " C MIN ) VENTILATION
POLYETHYLENE TUBING
2 " DIAMETER
STAINLESS STEEL 2 " DIAMETER
NIPPLE STAINLESS STEEL
i
NIPPLE
2 " STAINLESS STEEL = 2 " CURB STOP
DOUBLE STRAP 4 PRESSURE GAUGE i
SERVICE SADDLE PORT
4 i
PROVIDE OFFSET z
CUT OUT FOR OD -- v
❑ F MAIN
s' e
v i
1 / 2 CUBIC YARD ELEVATI ❑ N
3 / 4 " GRAVEL ❑ R
DRAIN ROCK WATER MAIN / WASTEWATER MAIN
NOTES i
11 AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE TO BE LOCATED ONLY WHERE
CONDITIONS MAKE IT INACCESSABLE OR AS REQUIRED BY THE
IRCDUS ,
2 , AIR RELEASE RISERS TO BE IN A VERTICAL POSITION AND
PLACED AT SUMMITS IN THE SYSTEM , FOR DIRECTIONAL DRILLS , i
AIR RELEASE VALVES TO BE PLACED ON EITHER SIDE OF THE
CROSSING ,
3 , SEE TRACER WIRE DETAIL . ( M - 14 ) i
``vl� BELOW GROUND DRAWLING
INDIAN RIVER COtJh� ' CY �� �' i
D -, 4 ARTMENT Olt' 4 AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL
UTILITIES SERVICES ( AUTOMAT I C - WATER / WASTEWATER ) M - 7
i
z�
r
AIR RELEASE 1 /2" PVCAND FITTINGS
' VALVE
r
r 2 " STAINLESS
STEEL NIPPLE - 4" DIAMETER
STAINLESS STEEL
NIPPLE
r
4" STAINLESS STEEL — 4" STAINLESS STEEL
.. DOUBLE STRAP CURB STOP
SERVICE SADDLE OR
FLANGED TEE
+
ELEVATION
WATER MAIN /WASTEWATER MAIN
+
NOTES
1 . AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE TO BE LOCATED ONLY WHERE
CONDITIONS MAKE IT INACCESSABLE OR AS REQUIRED BY THE
+ IRCDUS.
2 . AIR RELEASE RISERS TO BE IN A VERTICAL POSITION AND
PLACED AT SUMMITS IN THE SYSTEM . FOR DIRECTIONAL DRILLS ,
AIR RELEASE VALVES TO BE PLACED ON EITHER SIDE OF THE
CROSSING.
3, SEE TRACER WIRE DETAIL. M - 14.
4. IF FORCE MAIN IS 6 " OR LARGER A 4" TAP AND AIR RELEASE VALVE
SHALL BE USED .
+
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �'�
AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL DRAWING
DEPARTMENT OF �� �� 4 " ABOVE GROUND No.
UTILITIES SERVICES , M - 8
F�4��:r�. ( AUTOMATIC - WATER /WASTEWATER )
orzi `J
0
4 " SCHEDULE 80 - NPS THREADS
0
0
0
r
0
4 " OR LARGER o
FORCE MAIN o
0
FLANGED TEE WITH THREADS FOR C ❑ NNECTI ❑ N TO AIR RELEASE VALVE
FLANGE — CLASS 350
0 0 0 � 0 _
4 ' MINIMUM
o ..
0
0
4 " OR LARGER o
FORCE MAIN o
0
FLANGED TEE WITH FLANGE FOR C ❑ NNECTI ❑ N TO AIR RELEASE VALVE
IS ❑ M ❑ TRIC VIEW _
WATER MAIN / WASTEWATER _ MAIN
NOTES
11 IF FORCE MAIN IS 6 " OR LARGER A 4 " TAP AND AIR RELEASE VALVE
SHALL BE USED ,
21 SEE M - 8 FOR AIR RELEASE VALVE DETAIL ,
3 , SEE TRACER WIRE DETAIL . M - 14 ,
0 ' DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY FLANGED TEE Na .
DEPARTMENT of FOR ABOVE GROUND M — 8
UTILITIES srRVlrra „ AIR RELEASE VALVES ( A
LQRl�ti xu¢x zoos
i
3 " FIBERGLASS POST -
SIZE OF MAIN
r D
—I
., SERVICE
i
� 3
z z
- DEPTH OF COVER
4
W
C
m
i
FINISHED GRADE ,\
i
i z
H
v
i co
.-i
-V
i
PLACE OVER PIPE IN VALVE LOCATION
i
NOTES
+ 1 . MARKER TO BE PLACED DIRECTLY OVER PIPE .
2 . MARKER TO BE USED AT ALL CANAL CROSSING AND AS DIRECTED BY IRCDUS .
,. 3 , MARKER TO BE USED OVER WATER MAIN VALVES , FORCE MAIN VALVES AND
RE - USE MAIN VALVES ,
4 , ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS '
PRODUCTS LIST ,
glVf,;t�
+
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DRAWING
�`� ��� � q n N N T
PER
DEPARTMENTNO ,
DEPARTMNNOF � M A I
N7i
UTILITIES SERVICES * LAND MARKER M - 9
` ZORI� °
Kwai mos
i
OPENING i
DIAMETER
OPENING DIAMETER PULS
2' LONG (TYPICAL) i
PLAN VIEW
PARTIAL
SIZE AND LOCATION OF TOP SLAB 0 N/FT (FOI R ING AREA OF i
MANHOLE AS REQ'D
8
CASING PIPE (DIP) %MIN TYP)
__2I 7
8m(MIN) r
REINFORCED
CONCRETE WALL
WHERE CONDITIONS PERMIT THE i
2'-0' 21_0' LOWEST POINT OF CONFLICT MAIN
AT OR ABOVE f OF GRAVITY MAIN
rF`SHAD€D AREA EQUAL NEW UTILITYMAIN
TO TWICE THEAREA / (NO JOINTS INSIDE MANHOLE)OF THE STORM SEW€R OR OTHER TYPE
GRAVITY MAIN AS
REQUIRED
12' (MIN)
VOID r
STANDING WATER
BASE SLAB MINIMUM STEEL - EXISTING STORM SEWER
AREA OF .20 SO IN/FT OR OTHER TYPE GRAVITY
ELEVATION MAIN
i
NOTES
1 . CONFLICT MANHOLES WILL BE ALLOWED WHERE DESIGN PROBLEMS AND
ECONOMICS PROVE THEM TO BE THE ONLY VIABLE SOLUTION AS APPROVED
BY IRCDUS.
2 . CONFLICT MANHOLES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR WATER MAINS. i
3 . REFER TO M - 12 FOR CASING SIZE.
i
DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �� f �
DEPARTMENT () I1 Qpr d� CONFLICT MANHOLE M to
UTILITIES SERVICES
`�LC�RIPQ'
MMPI N09 i
r
CARRIER PIPE
( ALL RESTRAINED )
20 ' - 0 "
( TYP )
i 23
_ 511
5, _ 0 „ 5, _ 0 ,. 5 ) _ 0 „ 20 _ 5 ,.
� A
i
r
SIDE VIEW A
r
CASING INSULATOR WITH RUNNER HEIGHT TO
BE LARGE ENOUGH , SO THAT IT DOES NOT
i INTERFERE WITH THE PIPE RESTRAINED JOINTS
AIM
Am
STAINLESS STEEL
NUTS & BOLTS
i
r STEEL CASING PIPE
CARRIER PIPE
i
i
DETAIL
SECTION A -
i
NOTES
1 . NUMBER OF INSULATORS AS PER MANUFACTURERS ' SPECIFICATIONS .
f 1v7 DRAWING
' INDIAN RIVER COUNTY JACK AND BORE NO.
DEPARTMENT OF Z� �y
UTILITIES sERVICI4a �� ( BLOCKING DETAIL ) M — �
i
i
10ROADWAY 10'
PAVING
CASING VENT
( SEE M - 13 )
-
ROCK EASE
36 " ( MIN ) i
i
DUCTILE IRON TO EXTEND i
DUCTILE IRON M . J.
ONE LENGTH MINIMUM CLASS 52 PIPE
ELEVATION
CARRIER STEEL CASING MINIMUM
PIPE SIZE WALL THICKNESS
4" 12" 188
6 " 14" . 250 -
8" _ 16 " _ . 250
10" 20" . 250
12" 24" . 250 -
16 " 32 " . 375
20" 40" . 375
24" 48" . 500 i
30 " 60 . 625
36 " 72 " . 625
42 " 84" . 625
48" 96 " . 625
i
NOTE
1 . IF RETAINER GLANDS ARE REQUIRED , THE CASING SIZE SHALL BE
ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY.
i
DRAWING . .
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY CASING INSTALLATION NO.
DEPARTMENT OF' M - 12
UTILITIES SERVICES;,. , DETAILS
1UR�p
_ wsw sone
i
180' RETURN BEND
STAINLESS STEEL 3" PIPE
HARDWARE CLOTH 1 316 STAINLESS STEEL
INSECT SCREEN
R
i
d'
i
OFFSET WITH BENDS DRILL OR THREAD OPENING,
AS REQUIRED WELD CONNECTION , OR
6 SADDLE AS REQUIRED
NEOPREME BOOT WITH
STAINLESS STEEL STRAP
Awl
IM
MAIN
r
NEW STEEL CASING
ELEVATION OR P . E . PIPE
NOTE
1 . LOCATION OF CASING VENTS TO BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER
IN THE FIELD . CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FITTINGS AS REQUIRED .
IVES DRAWING
,w INDIAN RIVER COUNTY JACK AND BORE NO.
DEPARTMENT OF 21(1
UTILITIES SERVICES : �o Y ' ( CASING VENT) M - 13
INST. LOCATE
FINISH GRADE MARKER BALL IN
ALL METER BOXES
EDGE OF _
PAVEMENT , ETE BOX
12"
LOCATE TAPE��
CONTINUOUS #10 STRANDED
COPPER TRACE WIRE r
STRIP 4" (MIN) ELEVATION - SERVICE DETAIL
HALF HITCH AT ALL SERVICE TAPS,
& EACH ENE) OF ALL FITTINGS
STRIP 4" MINIMUM ` !
erwrr�
1
!
STEP 1
r-� �l n
PLAN VIEW
3 TWISTS MIN
!
2"0 TRACE WIRE HOUSING
STEP 2 WITH CAP
_
5 WRAPS MIN . ? ,
STEP 3
CONTINUOUS #10 STRANDED
SOLDER COPPER TRACE WIRE
!
LIL
STEP 4
HALF HITCH HALF HITCH ON
BEHIND EACH EACH SIDE OF
MAIN LINE SPLICE DETAIL BELL ALL VALVES
ELEVATION - VALVE BOX DETAIL _
NOTES
1 . TRACE WIRE IS REQUIRED ON ALL PIPES.
2. INCLUDE ALL COST OF MATERIAL & LABOR IN PRICE OF PIPE.
3. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTINUITY THROUGHOUT ENTIRE PROJECT OF ALL TRACE WIRE. _
4. ALL SPLICE CONNECTIONS ARE TO BE HOT SOLDERED (50/50 RESIN CORE),
WRAP W/3 ALTERNATING LAYERS TAPE, COVER WITH WATERPROOFING COMPOUND AND HEAT SHRINK WRAP .
5. ALL SOLDER JOINTS WILL BE WATERPROOFED WITH HEAT SHRINK WRAP.
6. ALL MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER IRCDUS APPROVED MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LIST.
v DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �k �0
TRACE WIRE `
DEPARTMENT OF ; ;� M - 14
I) TIT ,I T IFS SERVICES : DETAILS
MID
\ p ,, A V \ V ., V T - XT S ' H
i c� �, STA . O+ 00
r. / 8 " A - 1 3 QL
� i o � . 'V0 . 1 . liL. 46,?
o pop � , 'I . V . , 6TURNS G A � A � iJ ' S � � VI Y' S
.. : ev 1� sTA . 0137
TO./' lit, . 4 . 40
i IN
rAS '� UI 81 ' 90 " jI \
e,, i
31 o ' ON ASD i_ XJ�_
� t ; rx5 ! 4r S'lA . Or 62
V CM.: VN W4NCW\
pop STATE PLANE COORDINATES I 0 P LY, 4 4I
r AN ) S . CW ON A' a . I s, A 11
VA \
- , AV , Vt V _ AS
n
r F. M. (1NI) I:'R W. M. 7 + i :i OFI%SliT TR
W11p' NCASLMlo. N7' T. O . P. Al 4 . 89 S 'l'A . 1 >311N ( 113 1, )
W M 'I . O P AV , 44 0 ' pop ol � . � � , 3 V '' � to. M. 1. hDItili SAN S.
i A , � � . AS '. STA . 112. 2 01''I ;SIti '( 7' h A '. M . 'I'. O . f'. too/, . 5. 50
VA ', V - OV- r W . V . "o T. O. P. At, s . 5 ,z SAN . S. 7 '. 0_ P. 11'l,. 6 . 40
S7A 1138 A . V . A = _
W M . 7'. 0 . 1j. !s'l. . (5 , 43 S 1'A . 1 r 2130 / { SP; 7p !l A ` ' j 1 " Ah
SlA _ 122 25
S 11 . V O . P. liL . 5 . 32 j
i
i - R 114 'I '1JRpool
I I
I
S 'l'A . 21 75
r P . M. ONll A:lt '1 'A;L .
to Al . T. O . P. Kl, . 5. 35 cn
710 'l 'I:'l, . Isl.. () . 25
� I
v�
r
no =: u
i " C0 � 7 GO
I I I
s 'TA . lzz , 7a
7 0- P. A;I. . 4 . 40
i
NOTES
1 . ITALALICIZED PRINTING , SHOWN ABOVE, REPRESENTS THE MINIMUM INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY THE
ENGINEER OF RECORD TO IRCDUS ON REPRODUCIBLE (MYLAR) ASBUILT SURVEY DRAWINGS; ORIGINAL ASBUILT
r SURVEY'S TO BE SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED. AN ELECTRONIC COPY OF SURVEY DRAWINGS SHALL
ALSO BE PROVIDED ON A CD IN AUTOCAD 2000 FORMAT OR LATEST VERSION.
2. BASELINE OF CONSTRUCTION & STATIONING OF ITEMS TO BE ON THE CENTERLINE OF THE ROADWAY.
r 3. TOP OF PIPE ELEVATIONS & STATIONING TO BE TYPED, LISTED, SEALED & SUBMITTED FOR THE ENGINEER
TO LOCATE THE AIR RELEASE VALVES AS CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDS.
4. CONTRACTOR TO INDICATE THE SIZE, TYPE, DIRECTION AND NUMBER OF TURNS TO CLOSE EACH VALVE.
r 5. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NAME OF BUSINESS OR RESIDENCE, STREET ADDRESS AND TAX I. D. NUMBER
FOR ALL PROPERTIES ADJACENT TO LINE EXTENSIONS.
6. ASBUILT UTILITY LINES SHALL BE SHOWN WITH A WIDER SOLID LINE. EXISTING UTILITY LINES SHALL BE
SHOWN WITH A THIN DASHED LINE.
+� 7. ALL COMMERCIAL AND SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE PROJECTS MUST HAVE PARCEL ID # INDICATED IN PLAN .
�tNER ASBUILT DRAWING DRAWING
-
., INDIAN RIVER COUN 'PY � o No.
DEP'ARTMEN 'T OF
UTILITIES SERVICES P*c ( EXAMPLE ) M - 15
i Colzt� .� xnoe
•
•
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY
DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES •
AS -BUILT REQUIREMENTS
1 . All as-built drawings (24"x36") shall state in 1 " lettering "AS-BUILT" located in the bottom right hand
side of the drawing original and/or copies, along with the as-built date. •
2. All state plane coordinates shall be based on the Florida State Plane Horizontal data ( East Zone) ; or
Florida High Precision Geodetic Network (superstation ) and NAD 83/1999 — final adjustment, or the •
most current datum adopted by Indian River County.
3 . All elevations shown shall be based on 1929 NGVD , or the most current datum adopted by Indian
River County.
4 . All incoming as-built drawings (24°x36") shall be received on a CD, as an electronic copy, AutoCad
2000 format, with a tie to a minimum of two (2 ) state plane coordinates . ( NOTE: Prior to submitting
the electronic copy, one ( 1 ) copy of each as-built shall be submitted for review and approval . After all
approvals, a (24'x36°) Mylar reproducible along with five (5) signed and sealed copies of each as-
built shall be submitted . ) •
5 . All engineering or surveying as-built drawings shall be tied to a minimum of one ( 1 ) permanent
reference monument ( P. R. M . ) that shall be tied to a minimum of one ( 1 ) section corner or one-quarter .,
( 1 /4) section corner whichever is closest to the project. State plane coordinates shall be physically
shown on the drawing next to the P. R. M . used .
6 . All utility as-built construction located within the rights-of-way, easements and alike shall be tied to •
the respective rights-of way, easements , etc. , every 1 , 000 feet and change of direction .
7 . All utility as-built construction plans that are located within a distance of one ( 1 ) mile from any Indian
River County Global Positioning System (G . P.S . ) control project monuments shall be tied into the
project from one ( 1 ) on -site Permanent Reference Monument ( P. R. M . ) subdivision Corner, or site
plan project corner. •
8 . All as-builts shall clearly depict as-built utility lines that were constructed along with their respective
easement ( if required) . As-builts will not be accepted unless the verbiage "Proposed" and/or `To Be •
constructed" have been revised to read "AS-Built" . As-built Construction drawings with , to be
constructed terminology , will not be accepted .
9. All as-builts shall be certified by the project engineer or contracting surveyor. •
10 . All projects , which utilize lift stations , shall specify on plans as to whether or not subject lift stations
are to remain private or are to be dedicated to the county. •
11 . All fire hydrants and valves shall be located with state plane coordinates and shall be identified on the
as-built .
•
12 . All as-builts shall be complete and approved before commencement of field test.
r
giVE R AS - BUILT DRAWING
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY � rQ
DEPARTMENT of
UTILITIES SERVICES REQUIREMENTS M - 16
��� ,� ,'�
L0 t1
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY
DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES
SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
1 . All Construction and/or Route surveys shall meet the minimum requirements of
the Chapter 61G67 , Florida Administration Code Pursuant to section 472 of the
Florida Statutes .
2 . All state plane coordinates shall be based on the Florida State Plane Horizontal
data ( East Zone); or Florida High Precision Geodetic Network ( superstation ) and
NAD 83/1999 — final adjustment, or the most current datum adopted by Indian
River County .
3 . All elevations shown shall be based on 1929 NGVD , or the most current datum
adopted by Indian River County.
4 . All incoming route construction survey drawings shall be received on a CD , as an
electronic copy, AutoCad 2000 format, with a tie to a minimum of two (2 ) state
plane coordinates . ( NOTE : Prior to submitting the electronic copy, one ( 1 ) copy
of each as-built (24"x36") shall be submitted for review and approval . After all
approvals, a (24"x36" ) Mylar reproducible along with five ( 5 ) signed and sealed
copies of each as-built shall be submitted .
5 . All construction surveys shall be tied to a minimum of one ( 1 ) permanent
reference monument ( P . R. M . ) at the end of each project. One P . R . M . shall be
tied to a minimum of one ( 1 ) section corner or one-quarter ( 1 /4 ) section corner
whichever is closest to the project . State plane coordinates shall be physically
shown on the drawing next to the P . R . M . used .
6 . All surveys that are required for the use of engineering design , and are located
within a distance of one ( 1 ) mile from any Indian River County Global Positioning
System ( G . P . S . ) control project monuments , shall be tied into the GPS
monument from one ( 1 ) permanent reference point or the subdivision corner that
is along the survey route and shall then be tied to the survey base line .
.. 7 . Horizontal Control Monumentation for utility lines shall be a minimum of two ( 2 )
points at a maximum of 1 , 400 feet between points and shown on all plans .
8 . Vertical Control (when required ) for linear utility lines , such as sewer, shall have
a maximum of 1 , 100 feet between existing construction or established
r
benchmarks .
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY �o� CONSTRUCTION / ROUTE DRAWING
DEPARTMENT OF NO ,
UTILITIES SERVICES ,� � � SURVEY REQUIREMENTS M - 16
Lo . : u. �. CA )
GENERAL INFORMATION TO BE SHOWN
ON AS -BUILT AND SURVEY DRAWINGS
1 , Existing right-of-way limits and/or easements within the limits of construction .
2 . Survey baseline stationing every 100' , control points set every 500 ' , and at angle
change of direction .
3 . Show cross section elevations at grade every 100 ' for gravity sewer line
construction and 500' for water line and force main construction . Elevations that
reflect any significant change in grade between the previously stated footage
shall be shown on plans . .,
4 . Existing parcels, tracts , and lot corner locations shown with front footage
dimensions per plat when platted . If construction project is along back of lots , ..
then show back lot dimensions .
5 . EXISTING ROADWAY EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR EDGE OF DIRT ROAD .
6 . Existing utilities as located in field (water, sewer, telephone, electric , cable TV,
etc. ) ( NOTE : Sunshine One to be contacted by surveying firm prior to survey
locate ; with the intent of county excavation . )
7. Existing utilities as associated with number 5 above (example : valves , meters ,
manholes , etc. )
8 . Existing curbs, driveway widths and types.
9 . Existing drainage pipe crossings and driveway culverts (type , sizes and invert
elevations . )
10 . Existing swales and/or ditches and elevations every 100' at top and bottom if ..
within area of construction .
11 . Existing fences.
12 . Existing trees and/or shrubbery.
r
13 . All other non-movable items such as mailboxes , flag poles , etc.
14. All street names .
1NDIAN RIVER COUNTY �o� /� p ' I I I ' \ / y DRAWING
DEPARTMENT OF' 2 A — B U I L / U v I NN
UTILITIES SERVICES �* REQUIREMENTS M - 16
join . ( B )
r
s
r
r
r
SECTION 1
WATER MAINS
DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS
s
i
r
r
r
i
A
i
i
SECTION 1
WATER MAINS
DUCTILE IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS
1 .01 SCOPE
This section covers cast ductile iron pipe and cast ductile iron fittings for
water mains .
' 1 .02 GENERAL
A. Ductile iron pipe ( D. I . P. ) shall be allowed for use as water pipe
r where compatible with the specific conditions of the project. The
use of material other than ductile iron may be required by Indian
River County Department of Utility Services ( IRCDUS) during
construction permit review or by IRCDUS field personnel during
construction if it is determined that ductile iron pipe is unsuitable
for the particular application .
s
B . All ductile iron pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with
AWWA Specification C150 (A21 . 50-96), or latest revision and
shall be pressure Class 300 or 350 minimum as depicted on Table
1 . 1 on page 1 -2 . All ductile iron pipe crossing under roadways
and other trafficked areas shall be pressure class 350 minimum .
C. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, restrained joint
underground piping shall be manufactured restrained bell and
spigot and above ground piping shall be flanged .
D . Cutting of ductile iron pipe shall be by sawing only.
�+ 1 .03 PIPE
Ductile iron pipe shall be bell and spigot cast in accordance with AWWA
Specification C150 (ANSI A21 . 50-96), or latest revision . Cast ductile iron
shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60 , 000 psi , with a minimum yield
strength of 42 , 000 psi . Pipe wall thickness shall be computed in
accordance with AWWA Specification C150 (ANSI A21 . 51 -96) , or latest
revision , using the physical characteristics cited above , with a minimum
working pressure of 200 psi and a Laying Condition "Type 2 . " Unless
otherwise indicated or specified herein , the pipe shall have the minimum
' wall thickness according to class designation for diameters shown . All
pipe shall be given a minimum factory hydrostatic test of 500 pounds per
square inch .
r
1 - 1
TABLE 1 . 1
PRESSURE CLASS
OUTSIDE 300 PSI 350 PSI
SIZE DIAMETER THICKNESS THICKNESS
INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES)
3 3 .96 --- 0.25
4 4 . 80 --- 0. 25
6 6 . 90 --- 0 . 25
8 9 . 05 --- 0 . 25 r
10 11 . 10 --- 0 . 26
12 13. 20 --- 0. 28
14 15 . 30 0. 30 0. 31
16 17. 40 0 . 32 0. 34
18 19. 50 0 . 34 0 . 36
20 21 . 60 0 . 36 0 . 38
24 25. 80 0 . 40 0 .43
30 32 . 00 0 . 45 0 .49
36 38. 30 0. 51 0 . 56 ..
42 44. 50 0 . 52 0 .63
48 50.80 0 . 64 0 . 70
54 57. 56 0 . 72 0 . 79
60 61 .61 0 . 76 0 .83
64 65 .67 0 . 80 0 . 87
1 .04 FITTINGS
A. All underground fittings shall be either push on , restrained , or
mechanical joint. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA
Specification C110 (ANSI 21 . 10-98 ) or C153 (ANSI 21 . 53-00 ) , or
latest revisions . All aboveground fittings shall be flanged joint .
B . The pressure rating shall be 350 psi .
C. Joint restraint, when required . Shall be by Nappco C- 1300
restrainer or approved equal .
D . All fittings shall be lined with the same material as specified for the
pipe as per paragraph 1 . 05 .
1 . 05 LINING AND COATING ..
A. Unless otherwise indicated , all ductile iron pipe shall be factory
lined and coated . _
B . Lining : All pipe shall be cement mortar lined and seal coated in
accordance with AWWA Standard C104 (ANSI A21 . 4-95 ), or
latest revision unless double lined is required by IRCDUS .
1 - 2
r
r C. Coating : Unless specified otherwise , all pipe shall be bituminous
coated outside to a dry film thickness of at least 1 mil .
r D. Repair: Anywhere that the coating is removed purposely or
accidentally, the area shall be cleaned of any rust, grease, and dirt
and re-coated to a minimum dry film as specified for the individual
r piece .
E. Encasement: If and where directed by IRCDUS's Engineer, a
r polyethylene encasement shall be provided around pipe, fittings,
and valves . The material , installation , and workmanship shall
conform to applicable sections of AWWA C105 (ANSI A21 . 5-99) ,
or latest revision . Installation methods A or B shall be employed
using flat tube polyethylene. The Contractor shall make
provisions to keep the polyethylene from direct exposure to
sunlight prior to installation . Backfilling following installation shall
be completed without delay to avoid exposure to sunlight .
F. All exposed Ductile Iron pipe shall be coated with Duromar or
approved equal . Ductile Iron water mains are to be painted blue.
1 .06 BELL AND SPIGOT CONNECTIONS
r
Joints in bell and spigot pipe shall be push-on , mechanical , or restrained
joints in accordance with AWWA Standard C111 (ANSI 21 . 11 -00) , or
latest revision . Pipe restraints shall also be in accordance with iRCDUS
+ Standards or as directed by IRCDUS 's Engineer.
1 .07 FLANGED CONNECTIONS
+
A. All flanged pipe barrels shall comply with the physical and
chemical requirements as set forth in the Handbook of Ductile Iron
+ Pipe of the Cast Iron Pipe Research Association , latest revisions.
Flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI Specification B16 . 1 for
Class 125 flanges . Bolts shall comply with ANSI Specification
r 818 .2 .
B. Flanged pipe shall be faced and drilled to the American Standard
Drilling , unless special drilling is called for or required . Where tap
or stud bolts are required , flanges shall be tapped . Flanges shall
be accurately faced and drilled smooth and true, at right angles to
the pipe axis and shall be covered with zinc dust and tallow or a
rust preventive compound immediately after facing and drilling .
C. Flanged pipe with screwed-on flanges shall be furnished with long
hubs , and the flanges shall be screwed on the threaded end of the
pipe in the shop, and the face of the flange and end of pipe
refaced together. There shall be no leakage through the pipe
+ threads and the flanges shall be designed to prevent corrosion of
the threads from outside-
1 - 3
utside.1 - 3
D. Flanged joints shall be made with bolts or stud bolts and nuts .
Bolts, stud bolts, and nuts shall conform to American Standard
heavy dimensions , semi-finished with square or hexagonal heads
and cold punched hexagonal nuts, meeting the requirements of
ASTM Designation A-307 . Bolt sizes shall be American Standard
for the flanges specified , and bolts and nuts shall have good , true
threads. ..
E . Gaskets shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C115 (ANSI
A21 . 15-99 ), latest revision .
1 . 08 SUBMITTALS
Before starting fabrication of the ductile iron pipe and fittings, the
Contractor shall submit complete detailed working drawings for approval
by the Engineer. Such drawings shall show the piping layouts and
contain schedules of all pipe, fittings , valves , expansion joints, hangers
and supports , and other appurtenances. Where special fittings are
required , they shall be shown in large detail with all necessary
dimensions . The drawings submitted shall show flanged jointed sections
placed so as to be removable without disturbance to the main pipe
sections .
1 .09 MARKING
A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe. See trace wire detail M -
16 for specifications regarding installation .
B. Trace wire is required over all pipes or as required by IRCDUS.
C. Location tape is required over all pipes . Tape is to be installed 12"
below proposed grade.
1 . 10 INSTALLATION
A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this
specification , the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the
applicable provisions of AWWA C600-99 , or latest revision . If a
conflict exists between the manufacturer's instructions and the
AWWA Standards , the manufacturer' s instructions shall govern .
The Contractor shall use every precaution during construction to
protect the pipe against the entry of non-potable water, dirt, wood ,
small animals, and any other foreign material that would hinder
the operation of the pipeline. Where the groundwater elevation is
above the bottom of the trench , the Contractor shall provide
suitable dewatering equipment. All piping shall be placed in a dry
trench , unless the IRCDUS 's Engineer approves wet trench
installation .
r
1 - 4
S . Depth of Cover and Pipe Elevation : Unless otherwise shown on
the drawings , or otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all pipe
shall have a minimum cover of 36 inches. Contractor shall
.. determine top of pipe elevation and top of ground elevation for
every two joints of pipe installed using a level . Pipe must have the
minimum cover described above and must be within +/- 0. 2 feet of
M the top of pipe elevation indicated on the drawings. Installed pipe,
which does not meet these requirements , shall be reinstalled until
it does meet these requirements. Contractor shall record top of
pipe and top of ground elevations and the locations of where
these elevations were determined and submit this information to
Engineer or his representative. Engineer reserves the right to
have Contractor excavate and check top of pipe and top of ground
elevations to see if they conform to the aforementioned
requirements, at no cost to the IRCDUS.
+� END OF SECTION
i
r
r
r
r
r
i
r
r
1 - 5
r
r
•
r
r
r
r
r
i
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
SECTION 2
WATER MAINS
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE AND FITTING
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
w
a
r
r
r
r
s
f
SECTION 2
WATER MAINS
.. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE AND FITTINGS
2.01 SCOPE
This section covers polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings for potable water
mains .
+ 2. 02 GENERAL
Polyvinyl chloride ( PVC) pipe shall be allowed for use as potable water
pipe where compatible with the specific conditions of the project. Indian
River County Department of Utility Services ( IRCDUS) may require the
use of material other than polyvinyl chloride during construction permit
+ review or by IRCDUS field personnel during construction if it is
determined that polyvinyl chloride pipe is unsuitable for the particular
application .
+
2.03 PIPE MATERIALS FOR SIZES 3" and SMALLER
+ A. All pipe and fittings intended for conveying or transmitting potable
water shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150
psi .
B . Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe shall conform to the ASTM
2241 , latest revision . Pipe shall be SDR 21 with a pressure
rating of 200 psi . Joint design tested to the requirements of
ASTM D 3139 . Rubber rings shall conform to ASTM F 477
and D 1869 . Pipe to be made to exceed the requirements of
+
the material section of ASTM D 2241 .
C . Polyvinyl chloride pipe per Approved Manufacturer' s Product
_ List.
D . The pipe shall be blue in color.
E . No solvent welds joints are permitted .
2.04 PIPE MATERIALS FOR SIZES 4" THROUGH 12"
A. All pipe and fittings intended for conveying or transmitting potable
. water shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150
psi .
B . Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe shall conform to the latest
AWWA Standard Specifications C900-971 or latest revision ,
or C909-98 , or latest revision and ASTM D1784 and D2241 ,
2 - 1
latest revision . PVC pressure pipe shall be made from Class
12454-A or Class 12454- B material and conform to the
outside diameter of cast iron pipe with a minimum wall
thickness of DR18 .
C . Polyvinyl chloride pipe per Approved Manufacturer's Product
List.
D . The pipe shall be blue in color.
2.05 PIPE MATERIALS FOR SIZES 14" THROUGH 36"
A. All pipe and fittings intended for conveying or transmitting potable .,
water shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150
psi .
B . Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe shall conform to the latest
AWWA Standard Specifications C905-97 and ASTM D1784 ,
or latest revisions . PVC pressure pipe shall be made from
Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B material and conform to
the outside diameter of cast iron pipe with a minimum wall
thickness of DR18 .
C . Polyvinyl chloride pipe per Approved Manufacturer' s Product
List .
D . The pipe shall be blue in color.
2 . 06 JOINTS
A . Joints for PVC pressure pipe shall be bell and spigot push-on
rubber gasket type only . No solvent weld or threaded joints will be
permitted .
B . The IRCDUS 's Engineer may consider other type joints for
specific installation upon submission of specifications and
approval .
C . Restraint joints , when required ; see Approved
Manufacturer's Product List .
2.07 FITTINGS
A. All fittings shall be ductile iron mechanical joint and shall conform
to AWWA Standard Specifications C110/A21 . 10-98 or C153/A
21 . 53-00, or latest revisions . Fittings shall be cement mortar
lined and seal-coated in accordance with AWWA Standard
Specifications C104/A21 . 4-95, or latest revision .
r
2 - 2
r
B . The pressure rating shall be 350 psi .
C . Joint restraint, when required ; see Approved Manufacturer' s
•' Product List.
2.08 SUBMITTALS
r
Before starting installation of the PVC pipe and fittings , the Contractor
shall submit complete detailed working drawings for approval by the
r IRCDUS's Engineer OF record and IRCDUS . Such drawings shall show
the piping layouts and contain schedules of all pipe , fittings , valves,
expansion joints, hangers and supports , and other appurtenances.
r Where special fittings are required , they shall be shown in large detail
with all necessary dimensions. The drawings submitted shall show
flanged jointed sections placed so as to be removable without disturbance
_ to the main pipe sections .
2.09 MARKING
r A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe . See trace wire Detail M -
14 for specifications regarding installation .
B . Trace wire is required over all pipes .
r C. A 2" wide magnetic I . D. location tape is required over all pipes .
Tape is to be installed 12" below proposed finished grade .
2. 10 INSTALLATION
A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this
specification , the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict
r accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the
applicable provisions of AWWA Standard Specifications C605-94,
or latest revision . If a conflict exists between the manufacturer's
r instructions and the AWWA Standard Specifications, the
manufacturer's instructions shall govern . The Contractor shall use
every precaution during construction to protect the pipe against
the entry of non-potable water, dirt, wood , small animals , and any
other foreign material that would hinder the operation of the
pipeline . Where the groundwater elevation is above the bottom of
,. the trench , the Contractor shall provide suitable dewatering
equipment. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench , unless the
Engineer of Record and IRCDUS approves wet trench installation .
r
B . Depth of Cover and Pipe Elevation : Unless otherwise shown on
the drawings, or otherwise authorized by the IRCDUS , all pipe
shall have a minimum depth of cover of 36 inches . Contractor
r shall determine top of pipe elevation and top of finished grade
elevation for every two joints of pipe installed using a level . Pipe
r
2 - 3
r
must have the minimum cover described above and must be
within +/- 0 .2 feet of the top of pipe elevation indicated on the
drawings . Installed pipe , which does not meet these
requirements, shall be reinstalled until it does meet these r
requirements . Contractor shall record top of pipe and top of
ground elevations and the locations of where these elevations
were determined and submit this information to Engineer or his ..
representative . Engineer reserves the right to have Contractor
excavate and check top of pipe and top of ground elevations to
see if they conform to the aforementioned requirements.
END OF SECTION
i
2 - 4
r
r
SECTION 3
WATER SERVICES
POLYETHYLENE TUBING
AND
r PRESSURE POLYETHYLENE PIPES
r
r
r
r
r
M
r
i
r
r
+ SECTION 3
WATER SERVICES
.. POLYETHYLENE (PE) TUBING & PRESSURE PIPES
3. 01 SCOPE FOR POLYETHYLENE TUBING
This section covers polyethylene pipes and fittings for water services.
+
3.02 POLYETHYLENE TUBING 3 INCHES IN DIAMETER AND SMALLER
A. Polyethylene tubing shall comply with applicable requirements for
PE 3408 extrusion compound polyethylene plastic material as
stated in AWWA Standard Specifications C901 -96 , or latest
revision , and shall comply with the following ,
1 . Tubing shall have a working pressure of 200 psi at 73. 4° F.
2 . Tubing surfaces shall be glass smooth , and shall be free
r from bumps and irregularities . Materials must be
completely homogeneous and uniform in appearance.
3 . Tubing dimensions and tolerances shall correspond with
the values listed in ASTM D-2239, with a standard
dimension ratio (SDR) of 9 .
r 4. Tubing shall be fully labeled with brand name and
manufacturer, NSF seal , size, type of plastic material , and
ASTM designation with which the tubing complies .
r
3. 03 JOINTS
+ A. Joints for polyethylene tubing shall be of the compression type,
utilizing a totally confined grip seal and coupling nut. Stainless
steel tube stiffener inserts shall also be used for PE tubing
services .
B. Other type joints may be considered for specific installations upon
submission of specifications and approval by IRCDUS .
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Backfill shall be free of rocks and debris .
B . Bending radius shall be large enough so that tubing is not crimped
r or damaged and so that the flow of water is not restricted .
Manufacturer's minimum radius recommendations are to be
utilized during installation of PE tubing -
3 - 1
3.05 MARKING
A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe . See trace wire Detail M-
16 for specifications regarding installation .
B. Trace wire is required over all pipes .
C. A 2" wide magnetic I . D. location tape is required over all pipes.
Tape is to be installed 12" below proposed grade.
3.06 SCOPE FOR POLYETHENE (PE) PIPES
This section covers Polyethylene ( PE ) pipe and fittings.
3. 07 GENERAL
A. Polyethylene ( PE) pipe shall be allowed for use as all pressure
utility pipes where compatible with the specific conditions of the
project. The use of material other than PE pipe may be required
by IRCDUS during construction permit review or by IRCDUS field
personnel , if it is determined that PE is unsuitable for the particular
application .
B. Documentation from the resin's manufacturer showing results of
the following tests for resin identification :
1 . Melt Flow Index ASTM D 1238
2 . Density ASTM D 1505
C . All PE pipe and fittings shall be from a single manufacturer, who is
fully experienced , reputable and qualified in the manufacturing of
the PE pipe to be furnished . The pipe shall be designed ,
constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices
and methods and shall comply with these Specifications . See
Approved Manufacturer's Product list.
D. Finished Product Evaluation
1 . Production staff for the items listed below shall check each
length of pipe produced . The results of all measurements
shall be recorded on production sheets that become part of
the manufacturer's permanent records .
a . Pipe in process shall be checked visually, inside
and out for cosmetic defects (grooves, pits ,
hollows , etc. )
b. Pipe outside diameter shall be measured using a
suitable periphery tape to ensure conformance with
3 - 2
ASTM F714 or ASTM D-3035 whichever is
applicable.
c. Pipe wall thickness shall be measured at 12 equally
spaced locations around the circumference at both
ends of the pipe to ensure conformance with ASTM
F714 or ASTM D-3035, whichever is applicable .
d . Pipe length shall be measured .
e . Pipe marking shall be examined and checked for
accuracy.
f. Pipe ends shall be checked to ensure they are cut
square and clean .
g . Subject inside surface to a "reverse bend test" to
ensure the pipe is free of oxidation (brittleness ).
a
E. Stress Regression Testing
+� 1 . The polyethylene pipe manufacturer shall provide
certification that stress regression testing has been
performed on the specific polyethylene resin being utilized
.. in the manufacturing of this product. This stress
regression testing shall have been done in accordance
with ASTM D2837 and the manufacturer shall provide a
product supplying a minimum Hydrostatic Design Basis
( HDB ) of 1 , 600 psi as determined in accordance with
ASTM D2837 ,
F. Contractor is responsible for compatibility between pipe materials ,
fittings and appurtenances .
" G . The pipe manufacturer shall provide a warranty against
manufacturing defects of material and workmanship for a period of
ten ( 10) years after the final acceptance of the project by the
IRCDUS . The manufacturer shall replace at no expense to the
IRCDUS any defective pipe material including labor within the
warranty period .
r
3 .08 MATERIALS FOR PIPE SIZES 4" AND LARGER
,. A. Materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and
fittings shall be made from a PE 3408 polyethylene resin
compound meeting cell classification 334434D per ASTM D3350 ;
and meeting Type III , Class C , Category 5, Grade P34 per ASTM
D1248
B . Polyethylene ( PE ) pipe shall comply with AWWA Standard
Specifications C906-99 .
C. If rework compounds are required , only those generated in the
" Manufacturer's own plant from resin compounds of the same class
and type from the same raw material supplier shall be used .
r
3 - 3
r
r
r
D . Dimensions and workmanship shall be as specified by ASTM
F714. PE fittings and transitions shall meet ASTM D3261 . PE pipe
shall have a minimum density of 0. 955 grams per cubic r
centimeter. All PE pipe and fittings shall have a Hydrostatic
Design Basis ( HDB) of 1 ,600 psi .
r
E . PE pipe and accessories 3" and greater in diameter, shall be 160
psi at 73. 4° F meeting the requirements of Standard Dimension
Ratio (SDR) 11 as MINIMUM STRENGTH . r
F. The pipe manufacturer must certify compliance , with the above
requirements .
3.09 MATERIALS FOR PIPE SIZES 3" AND UNDER
r
A. Materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and
fittings shall be made from a PE 3408 polyethylene resin
compound meeting cell classification 345434C per ASTM D3350;
and meeting Type 111 , Class C, Category 5 , Grade P34 per r
ASTM D1248.
B. Polyethylene ( PE) pipe shall comply with AWWA Standard r
Specifications C901 -96 .
C. If rework compounds are required , only those generated in the r
Manufacturer's own plant from resin compounds of the same class
and type from the same raw material supplier shall be used .
r
D . Dimensions and workmanship shall be as specified by ASTM D-
3035 . PE fittings and transitions shall meet ASTM D3261 . PE
pipe shall have a minimum density of 0 . 955 grams per cubic r
centimeter. All PE pipe and fittings shall have a Hydrostatic
Design Basis ( HDB ) of 1 ,600 psi .
E . PE pipe and accessories 3" and greater in diameter, shall be 160 r
psi at 73 . 4° F meeting the requirements of Standard Dimension
Ration ( SDR) 11 as minimum strength . _
F. The pipe manufacturer must certify compliance with the above
requirements .
r
3 . 10 FITTINGS
A. All molded fittings and fabricated fittings shall be fully pressure r
rated to match the pipe SDR pressure rating to which they are
made . All fittings shall be molded or fabricated by the
manufacturer. No Contractor fabricated fittings shall be used .,
unless approved by the Engineer.
3 - 4
i
i B. The manufacturer of the PE pipe shall supply or s eci all PE
fittings and accessories as well as any adapters and/or specials
required to perform the work as shown on the Drawings and
i specified herein.
C. All transition from PE pipe to PVC or ductile iron shall be made
,. per the PE , PVC, or ductile iron pipe manufacturer's
recommendations and specifications whichever is more stringent.
A molded flange connector adapter within a carbon steel back-up
ring assembly shall be used for pipe type transitions . Ductile iron
back-up rings shall mate with cast iron flanges per ANSI B16. 1 . A
316 stainless steel back-up ring shall mate with a 316 stainless
_ flange per ANSI B16 . 1 .
D . The pipe manufacturer must certify compliance with the above
requirements.
i
3. 11 JOINTING METHOD
i A . The PE pipe shall be joined with butt, heat fusion joints . All joints
shall be made in strict compliance with the manufacturer's
recommendations .
i
B . Lengths of pipe shall be assembled into suitable installation
lengths by the butt-fusion process. All pipe so joined shall be
,. made from the same class and type of raw material made by the
same raw material supplier. Pipe shall be furnished in standard
laying length 's not to exceed 50 feet.
C. The polyethylene flange adapters at pipe material transitions shall
be backed up by stainless steel flanges conforming to ANSI B16 . 1
and shaped as necessary to suit the outside dimensions of the
pipe . The flange adapter assemblies shall be connected with
corrosion resisting bolts and nuts of Type 316 Stainless Steel as
specified in ASTM A726 and ASTM A307. All bolts shall be
i tightened to the manufacturer's specified torques . Bolts shall be
tightened alternatively and evenly.
i 3 . 12 PIPE IDENTIFICATION
A. The following shall be continuously indent printed on the pipe or
.. spaced at intervals not exceeding 54
1 . Name and/or trademark of the pipe manufacturer.
2 . Nominal pipe size .
3 . Dimension ratio .
4. The letters PE followed by the polyethylene grade in
accordance with ASTM D1248 , followed by the hydrostatic
design basis in 160's of psi , e. g . , PE 3408.
i
3 - 5
i
i
5. Manufacturing standard reference , e.g. , ASTM F714 or D-
3035, as required .
6 . A production code from which the date and place of
manufacture can be determined . i
B . Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of all pipe and fittings . See Trace i
Wire Detail M- 16 for specifications regarding installation .
i
3 . 13 INSTALLATION BY OPEN CUT METHOD
A. Polyethylene ( PE) Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the i
instruction of the manufacturer, as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein . A factory qualified joining technician as
designated by the pipe manufacturer shall do all heat fusion joints. i
B . Care shall be taken in loading , transporting and unloading to
prevent injury to the pipe. Pipe or fitting shall not be dropped . All
pipe or fittings shall be examined before installation , and no piece i
shall be installed which is found to be defective . Any damage to
the pipe shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer of Record
and IRCDUS. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been i
installed , it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a
satisfactory manner by the Contractor, at his own expense .
i
C . Under no circumstances shall the pipe or accessories be dropped
into the trench .
D . Care shall be taken during transportation of the pipe such that it
will not be cut, kinked or otherwise damaged .
E . Ropes, fabric or rubber protected slings and straps shall be used
when handling pipes . Chains, cables or hooks inserted into the
pipe ends shall not be used . Two slings spread apart shall be
used for lifting each length of pipe . i
F. Pipes shall be stored on level ground , preferably turf or sand , free
of sharp objects , which could damage the pipe . Stacking of the i
polyethylene pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause
excessive deformation of the bottom layers of pipes under
anticipated temperature conditions . Where necessary due to i
ground conditions , the pipe shall be stored on wooden sleepers ,
spaced suitably and of such width as not to allow deformation of
the pipe at the point of contact with the sleeper or between
supports .
G . Care shall be exercised when lowering pipe into the trench to _
prevent damage or twisting of the pipe .
i
3 - 6
i
H . Pipe shall be laid to lines and grade shown on the Drawings with
bedding and backfill as shown on the Drawings .
I . When installation of pipe is not in progress, including lunchtime,
the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by fabricated plugs, or
by other approved means .
J . Pipe shall be stored on clean level ground to prevent undue
scratching or gouging . The handling of the pipe shall be in such a
r, manner that the pipe is not damaged by dragging it over sharp
and cutting objects . The maximum allowable depth of cuts,
scratches or gouges on the exterior of the pipe is 5 percent of wall
thickness . Sections of pipe with cuts, scratches or gouges
r exceeding five percent of the pipe wall thickness shall be removed
completely and the ends of the pipeline rejoined . The interior pipe
surface shall be free of cuts, gouges or scratches .
r
K. The pipe shall be joined by the method of thermal butt fusion , as
outlined in ASTM D2657 . All joints shall be made in strict
+■ compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations .
L. Mechanical connections of the polyethylene pipe to auxiliary
equipment such as valves , pumps and tanks shall be through
flanged connections which shall consist of the following :
1 . A polyethylene flange shall be thermally butt-fused to the
stub end of the pipe . A stainless steel or ductile iron back-
up ring shall be used on both sides of the connection prior
to thermally butt-fusing the polyethylene flange.
2 . A 316 stainless steel back-up ring shall mate with a 316
stainless steel flange .
3 . Ductile iron back-up rings shall mate with cast iron flanges.
M . Flange connections shall be provided with a full face neoprene
gasket.
N . All PE pipe must be at the temperature of the surrounding soil at
the time of backfilling and compaction .
O . No single piece of pipe shall be laid unless it is straight. The
centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn
between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by
more than 1 / 16-in per foot of length . If a piece of pipe fails to
meet this requirement check for straightness , it shall be rejected
and removed from the site. Laying instructions of the
manufacturer shall be explicitly followed .
P. If a defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed , it shall
be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory
manner. All pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before
3 - 7
installation , shall be kept clean until they are used in the work and
when laid , shall conform to the lines and grades required .
Q . As soon as the excavation is complete to normal grade of the
bottom of the trench , bedding shall be placed , compacted and
graded to provide firm , uniform and continuous support for the
pipe . Bell holes shall be excavated so that only the barrel of the
pipe bears upon the bedding . The pipe shall be laid accurately to
the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings. Blocking under
the pipe will not be permitted . Bedding shall be placed evenly on
each side of the pipe to mid -diameter and hand tools shall be
used to force the bedding under the haunches of the pipe and into
the bell holes to give firm continuous support for the pipe.
Bedding shall then be placed to 12-in above the top of the pipe . `
The initial 3-ft of backfill above the bedding shall be placed in 1 -ft
layers and carefully compacted . Generally the compaction shall
be done evenly on each side of the pipe and compaction
equipment shall not be operated directly over the pipe until
sufficient backfill has been placed to ensure that such compaction
equipment will not have a damaging effect on the pipe . The pipe
manufacturer's representative prior to use shall approve
equipment used in compacting the initial 3-ft of backfill .
R. Good alignment shall be preserved during installation . The
deflection at joints shall not exceed that recommended by
manufacturer. Fittings, in addition to those shown on the
Drawings , shall be provided , if required , in crossing of utilities that
may be encountered upon opening the trench .
S . Each length of the pipe shall have the assembly mark aligned with `
the pipe previously laid and held securely until enough backfill has
been placed to hold the pipe in place . Joints shall not be " pulled"
or "cramped . "
T. Before any joint is made , the pipe shall be checked to assure that
a close joint with the next adjoining pipe has been maintained and .
that the inverts are matched and conform to the required grade .
The pipe shall not be driven down to grade by striking it.
U . Precautions shall be taken to prevent flotation of the pipe in the
trench .
V. When moveable trench bracing such as trench boxes , moveable
sheeting , shoring or plates are used to support the sides of the
trench , care shall be used in placing and moving the boxes or
supporting bracing to prevent movement of the pipe , or
disturbance of the pipe bedding and the backfill . Trench boxes,
moveable sheeting , shoring or plates shall not be allowed to
extend below the top of the pipe. As trench boxes , moveable
sheeting , shoring or plates are moved , pipe bedding shall be
3 - 8
s
placed to fill any voids created and the backfill shall again be
compacted to provide uniform side support for the pipe .
W. Unless otherwise approved concrete thrust blocks shall be
installed at all fittings and other locations as directed by the
Engineer. Minimum bearing area shall be as shown on the
Drawings. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed material
and shall not cover joints , bolts or nuts, or interfere with the
removal of any joint. Wooden side forms shall be provided for
r thrust blocks .
X. Restrained joints shall be installed where shown on the Drawings,
required by IRCDUS Standards, or as directed by the Engineer.
r
3. 14 MARKING FOR OPEN CUT METHOD
A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe . See trace wire Detail M-
16 for specifications regarding installation .
B . Trace wire is required over all pipes .
C . A 2" wide magnetic I . D. location tape is required over all pipes.
Tape is to be installed 12" below proposed finished grade.
3. 15 TRENCHLESS INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE MAINS BY
DIRECTIONAL BORING
A. DESCRIPTION
1 . Portions of the pressure mains shall be installed by the
directional bore method within the limits indicated of the
contract plans and as specified here in . Generally, as a
minimum , the pressure main is to be located within the road
.. right-of-way and shall be installed by directional boring .
2 . This section includes material , performance and installation
standards, and the contractor's responsibilities associated with
the furnishing of labor, material , equipment, and identical
required to install , complete , required trenchless installation of
pressure mains, as shown on the Drawings and as specified
_ herein .
B . EXPERIENCE
r
1 . The Contractor must demonstrate expertise in trenchless
method by providing a list of ten ( 10 ) utility references for
which similar work has been preformed in the last two years .
The references should include a name and phone number
where the contact can be made to verify the contractor's
capability. The contractor must provide documentation
3 - 9
showing successful completion of the projects used for
reference. Conventional trenching experience will not be
considered applicable .
2 . Supervisory personnel must be adequately trained and shall
have at least four (4) years experience in directional boring .
The Contractor shall submit the names and resumes of all
supervisory field personnel prior to construction.
3 . Because of time constraints , the Contractor may wish to
provide multiple experienced directional boring crews .
4. Directional boring equipment shall be capable of installing the
minimum pipe diameter noted on the drawings.
B . SUBMITTALS
1 . Submit technical data for equipment including clay slurry
material , method of installation with working drawings, and
proposed sequence of construction for approval by the
Engineer.
2 . Prior approval for directional boring , the Contractor must
submit the names of supervisory personnel , and history
information of the directional boring experience. In addition , `
the Contractor must submit for approval the nameplate , data
for the drilling equipment , mobile spoils removal units and
Material Safety Data Sheets ( MSDS ) information for the drilling
slurry compounds .
3. The Contractor is required to bring to the attention of the
engineer any known design discrepancies with actual
tunneling methods that the contractor will be performing . This
shall be stated in writing to the Engineer at the pre-
construction meeting . ..
C . INSTALLATION
1 . Installation shall be in a trenchless manner producing
continuous bores.
2 . The tunneling system shall be remotely steerable and permit
electronic monitoring of tunnel depth and location . Accurate
placement of pipe within a +/- 2-inch window is required both
horizontally and vertically. Turning capability of 90-degrees
radius in 40 feet is required . Continuous monitoring of the
boring head is required , including across open water if
necessary.
3 . The directional boring Contractor shall submit certification , by `
a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Florida , that
the directional boring has been preformed in accordance to the
construction drawings , and shall submit signed and sealed
drawings . Record Drawings (As-Built) shall provide both in
both electronic format and hard paper copy.
3 - 10
+� 4 . Tunneling shall be preformed by a fluid-cutting process (high
pressure-low volume ) utilizing liquid clay i . e . bentonite . The
clay lining will maintain tunnel stability and provide lubrication
in order to reduce frictional drag while the pipe is being
installed . In addition , the clay fluid must be totally inert and
contain no environmental risk. The Contractor must also have
a mobile vacuum spoils recovery vehicle on site to remove the
drilling spoils from the access pits . The spoils must then be
transported from the job site and be properly disposed off the
site. The drilling spoils shall not, under any circumstances , be
' disposed into a sanitary sewer, storm , or other public or
private drainage system . Spoils may be transported to the
County's Solid Waste Facility and the cost of disposal shall be
by the County.
5 . Liquid clay type colloidal drilling fluid shall consist of at least 10
percent of high-grade carefully processed bentonite to
consolidate cuttings of the soil , to seal the walls of the hole,
and to furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings .
The slurry that is heavier than the surrounding material , is high
.r in colloids of the bentonite type and it will deposit a thin filter
cake of low permeability material on the walls of the bore. This
will allow only a small amount of the fluid to pass into the
surrounding soils and will stabilize the bore . The colloidal
content of the fluid imparts excellent lubricating qualities to the
slurry that is a distinct aid to the removal of the soil cuttings .
6 . Pneumatic or water-jetting methods will be considered
unacceptable due to the possibility of surface subsidence .
7 . After an initial bore has been completed , a reamer will be
installed at the termination pit and the pipe shall be pulled
' back to the starting pit. The reamer shall be capable of
discharging liquid clay to facilitate the installation of the pipe
into a stabilized and lubricated tunnel .
8 . A minimum of two (2 ) insulated #6 stranded tracer wire shall
be installed along with the PE pipe . The tracer wire shall be
tested for continuity upon completed installation . Should both
tracer wires fail to test for continuity then the test shall be
considered a failure and the wires shall be replaced . Tracing
wires, #10 stranded conductor copper, shall be wrapped or
.. affixed to the top of the pipe and fittings .
9 . Upon completion of boring and pipe installation , the Contractor
shall remove all spoils from the starting and termination pits .
., All pits shall be restored to their original condition .
10 . The shoulders , ditches , banks , and slopes of roads and
railroads crossed and paralleled shall not wash out before
becoming consolidated . Restoration shall be as required by
the jurisdictional authority and as specified within the Contract
Document.
END OF SECTION
3 - 11
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
a
r
r
r
SECTION 4
r GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
r
r
a
i
i
r
r
r
i
i
i
i
i
i
r
r SECTION 4
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
4.01 SCOPE
r
This section covers ductile iron pipe and fittings for gravity sanitary
sewers .
r
4.02 GENERAL
r A. Ductile iron pipe shall be allowed for use as gravity sewer pipe
where compatible with the specific conditions of the project. The
use of material other than ductile iron may be required by Indian
River County Department of Utility Services ( IRCDUS) during
construction permit review or by IRCDUS field personnel during
construction if it is determined that ductile iron pipe is unsuitable
for the particular application .
r
B. All ductile iron pipes shall be manufactured in accordance with
AWWA Standard Specifications C150/A21 . 50-96 and
r C151 /A21 . 51 -96, or latest revisions, and shall be pressure Class
300 or 350 minimums, as depicted on Table 4. 1 on page 4-2 . All
ductile iron pipe crossing under roadways shall be pressure Class
350 minimum .
C . Unless specifically indicated otherwise, underground piping shall
r be bell and spigot, mechanical joint, or restrained joint and
aboveground piping shall be flanged .
D. Cutting of ductile iron pipe shall be by sawing only.
r
4. 03 PIPE
r Ductile iron pipe shall be bell and spigot cast in accordance with the latest
AWWA Standard Specifications C150/A21 . 50-96 and C151 /A21 . 51 -96 .
Cast ductile iron shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60 , 000 psi with
.. a minimum yield strength of 42 , 000 psi . Pipe wall thicknesses shall be
computed in accordance with AWWA Standard Specifications
C150/A21 . 50-96, using the physical characteristics cited above with a
minimum working pressure of 200 psi and a Laying Condition "Type 2 . "
Unless otherwise indicated or specified herein , the pipe shall have the
minimum wall thickness according to class designation for diameters
r
shown . All pipes shall be given a minimum factory hydrostatic test of 500
psi .
r
r
4 - 1
r
TABLE 4. 1
PRESSURE CLASS
OUTSIDE 300 PSI 350 PSI
r
SIZE DIAMETER THICKNESS THICKNESS
(INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES)
3 3.96 --- 0 .25
4 4.80 --- 0.25
6 6.90 --- 0 .25
8 9.05 --- 0 .25
10 11 . 10 0. 26
12 13.20 --- 0. 28
14 15. 30 0 . 30 0 . 31
16 17 .40 0 .32 0 .34
18 19 . 50 0 .34 0 .36
20 21 .60 0 . 36 0 .38
24 25 .80 0.40 0 .43
30 32 .00 0.45 0.49
36 38.30 0 .51 0.56
42 44.50 0 .52 0.63
48 50.80 0 .64 0 .70
54 57-56 0 . 72 0. 79
60 61 .61 0 . 76 0 .83
64 65.67 0 . 80 0 . 87
4.04 FITTINGS
A. All underground fittings shall be either push-on , restrained , or
mechanical joint. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA
Standard Specifications C110/A21 . 10-98 or C1531A21 . 53-00 , or
latest revisions . All aboveground fittings shall be flanged joint. _
B . The pressure rating shall be 350 psi .
C . All fittings shall be lined with the same materials as specified for
the pipe , as per paragraph 4 . 05.
4. 05 LINING AND COATING
A. Unless otherwise indicated , all ductile iron pipe shall be factory
lined and coated .
B . Lining : For 4" and larger, the interior of the pipe shall have a
fusion-bonded ceramic epoxy lining . The epoxy material shall be
applied in 1 coat with a minimum dry film thickness of 40 . 0 mils
and shall be per the Approved Manufacturer's Products List. If
and where directed by the Engineer of Record and the IRCDUS , a
polyethylene encasement shall be provided over pipe and fittings .
C. Coating : Unless otherwise specified , the exterior of the pipe shall
have a bituminous coating to a minimum dry film thickness of 1 . 0 `
mil . See Approved Manufacturer's Products List for coating
material .
4 - 2
r
D . Lining Inspection :
.. 1 . All ductile iron pipe and fitting linings shall be checked for
thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge. The
thickness testing shall be done using the method outlined
SSPC-PA-2 film thickness rating .
2 . The interior lining of all pipe and fittings shall be tested for
pinholes with a nondestructive 2, 500-volt test.
3. Each pipe joint and fitting shall be marked with the date of
application of the lining system and with its numerical
sequence of application on that date .
E . Certification_ of Lining Inspection : The pipe or fitting manufacturer
must supply a certificate attesting to the fact that the applicator
met the requirements of this specification , and that the material
used was as specified , and that the material was applied as
required by the specification .
F .
Repair: Anywhere that the coating is removed purposely or
accidentally, the area shall be cleaned of any rust, grease, and dirt
and re-coated to a minimum dry film as specified for the individual
.. piece .
G . Encasement: If and when directed by the Engineer of Record and
IRCDUS, a polyethylene encasement shall be provided around
pipe , fittings, and valves. The material , installation , and
workmanship shall conform to applicable sections of AWWA
Standard Specifications C105/A21 . 5-99, or latest revision .
Installation methods A or B shall be employed using flat tube
polyethylene . The Contractor shall make provisions to keep the
polyethylene from direct exposure to sunlight prior to installation .
Backfilling following installation shall be completed without delay
to avoid exposure to sunlight.
H . All exposed sewer ductile iron pipe shall be coated ( painted )
green per approved manufacturer's Product List.
.. 4. 06 BELL AND SPIGOT CONNECTIONS
Joints in bell and spigot pipe shall be push-on , mechanical , or restrained
joints in accordance with AWWA Standard Specifications C111 /A21 . 11 -
00 , or latest revision . Pipe restraints shall also be in accordance with
IRCDUS Standards or as directed by Engineer or IRCDUS .
4.07 FLANGED CONNECTIONS
A . All flanged pipe barrels shall comply with the physical and
chemical characteristics ( requirements) as set forth in the
Handbook of Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association , latest
4 - 3
i
revisions . Flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI Specification
B16 . 1 for Class 125 flanges . Bolts shall comply with ANSI
Specification B18. 2.
B . Flanged pipe shall be faced and drilled to the American Standard
Drilling , unless special drilling is called for or required . Where tap
or stud bolts are required , flanges shall be tapped . Flanges shall
be accurately faced and drilled smooth and true , at right angles to
the pipe axis , and shall be covered with zinc dust and tallow or a
rust preventive compound immediately after facing and drilling .
C . Flanged pipe with screwed-on flanges shall be furnished with long
hubs , and the flanges shall be screwed on the threaded end of the
pipe in the shop , and the face of the flange and end of pipe `
refaced together. There shall be no leakage through the pipe
threads and the flanges shall be designed to prevent corrosion of
the threads from outside .
D . Flanged joints shall be secured with bolts or stud bolts and nuts.
Bolts , stud bolts , and nuts shall conform to American Standard
heavy dimensions, semi-finished with square or hexagonal heads
and cold punched hexagonal nuts , meeting the requirements of
ASTM Designation A-307. Balt sizes shall be American Standard
for the flanges specified , and bolts and nuts shall have good , true
threads.
E . Gaskets shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard
Specifications C115/A21 . 15-99 , or latest revision .
4.08 SUBMITTALS
Before starting fabrication of the ductile iron pipe and fittings , the
Contractor shall submit complete detailed working drawings for approval
by the Engineer or IRCDUS. Such drawings shall show the piping layouts
and contain schedules of all pipe , fittings , valves , expansion joints ,
hangers and supports , and other appurtenances . Where special fittings
are required , they shall be shown in large detail with all necessary
dimensions . The drawings submitted shall show flanged jointed sections
placed so as to be removable without disturbance to the main pipe
sections .
4. 09 MARKING
A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe . See Trace Wire Detail
M- 14 for specifications regarding installation . `
B . Trace wire is required over all pipes .
C . A 2" wide magnetic I . D . location tape is required over all pipes .
Tape is to be installed 12" below proposed finished grade.
4 - 4
i
i
4, 10 INSTALLATION
+. A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this
specification , the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor shall
.. use every precaution during construction to protect the pipe against
the entry of non-potable water, dirt, wood , small animals , and any
other foreign material that would hinder the operation of the pipeline.
i Where the groundwater elevation is above the bottom of the trench ,
the Contractor shall provide suitable dewatering . All piping shall be
placed in a dry trench , unless the Engineer or IRCDUS approves wet
trench installation .
i
B . Depth of Cover and Pipe Elevation : Unless otherwise shown on the
drawings, or otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all pipe shall have
" a minimum cover of 36 inches . Contractor shall determine top of pipe
elevation and top of ground elevation for every two joints of pipe
installed using a level . Pipe must have the minimum cover described
i above and must be within +/- 0. 2 feet of the top of pipe elevation
indicated on the drawings . Installed pipe , which does not meet these
requirements , shall be reinstalled until it does meet these
requirements . Contractor shall record top of pipe and top of ground
elevations and the locations of where these elevations were
determined and submit this information to Engineer. Engineer
reserves the right to have Contractor excavate and check top of pipe
i and top of ground elevations to see if they conform to the
aforementioned requirements, at no cost to the Owner.
a
END OF SECTION
a
a
a
a
a
s
4 - 5
a
r
i
i
r
r
i
r
r
i
r
i
r
r
r a
r
i
i
i
SECTION 5
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
r
r
i
a
i
i
1 i 1 1 i 1 1 1 i i 1 1 1 i 1 i / i i
a
SECTION 5
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
5.01 SCOPE
This section covers polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings for gravity sanitary
sewers.
5.02 GENERAL
A . Polyvinyl chloride ( PVC) pipe shall be allowed for use as gravity
' sewer pipe where compatible with the specific conditions of the
project. Indian River County Department of Utility Services
( IRCDUS ) may require the use of material other than polyvinyl
chloride during construction permit review or by IRCDUS field
personnel during construction if it is determined that polyvinyl
chloride pipe is unsuitable for the particular application .
B . Polyvinyl chloride ( PVC ) gravity sewer pipe can be used up to a
depth of sixteen feet as specified herein . Ductile iron pipe shall be
used for depths greater than 16 feet, except where other material
is specifically specified and approved by IRCDUS's Engineer.
5.03 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Gravity sewers lines and laterals shall be extra strength polyvinyl
chloride pipe and shall conform to the latest ASTM Designation
D3034-SDR26 . Fittings installed in polyvinyl chloride pipe shall
conform to the same specifications as the pipe in which they are
installed .
B . In addition to the requirements of ASTM specifications, the
pipe shall not be out-of-round or crooked in alignment as
determined by the Engineer. Any length of pipe 6 inches or
greater in diameter whose inside diameters measured at
right angles to each other vary more than 114 inch may be
rejected .
C . Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be a maximum of 20 feet in
' length and shall be on the Approved Manufacturer' s Product
List.
D . Material shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM
Designation 1784, Type 1 , Grade 1 ( 12454-B ) . All P . V. C .
materials shall be stored in accordance with the
' manufacturer's specifications ( not in direct sunlight) . PVC
pipe and fittings , which show signs of ultraviolet degradation ,
s
5 - 1
are considered substandard and unfit for use , and will be `
rejected by the IRCDLIS' s Engineer.
E . All wyes , fittings , laterals, and manhole couplings shall be
manufactured by same manufacturing company as the pipe
or approved equal , see Approved Manufacturer's Product
List. Adapters shall be compatible to the approved pipe and `
appurtenances . All joints shall be rubber gasketed .
R The pipe shall be green in color. `
5.04 PIPE JOINT SEALS
A. Joint seals in polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall comply with
ASTM Designation D3212 .
B . The joint shall remain sealed by its own compression . Adhesives
shall not be necessary to weld or fuse the gaskets together.
i
C. The compressive stress which is developed in the gasket material
shall be as high as is permitted by the strength of the bell in ring
tension , with due regard to factor of safety, and this stress shall be
at its maximum value when the joint is completely assembled .
5.05 RETROFITTING SEWER LATERALS _
Gravity sewer systems shall be designed such that laterals are provided
to serve all units and lots. In cases where sewer laterals must be added
to a gravity sewer main , connections shall be made by installing a sewer
service wye branch and a sleeve-type adapter, whichever is specified by
IRCDUS for the particular application .
r
5.06 SUBMITTALS
Before starting fabrication of the PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor
shall submit complete detailed working drawings for approval by the
Engineer or IRCDUS . Such drawings shall show the piping layouts and
contain schedules of all pipe , fittings, valves , expansion joints, hangers i
and supports, and other appurtenances . Where special fittings are
required , they shall be shown in large detail with all necessary
dimensions. _
5.07 MARKING
A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe. See trace wire Detail M-
16 for specifications regarding installation .
i
B . Trace wire is required over all pipes .
5 - 2
C. A 2" wide magnetic I . D . location tape is required over all pipes.
Tape is to be installed 12" below proposed grade.
5.08 INSTALLATION
, . A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this
specification , the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor
shall use every precaution during construction to protect the pipe
against the entry of non-potable water, dirt, wood , small animals ,
and any other foreign material that would hinder the operation of
the pipeline. Where the groundwater elevation is above the
bottom of the trench , the Contractor shall provide suitable
dewatering equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. All
piping shall be placed in a dry trench , unless the Engineer or
IRCDUS approves wet trench installation .
B . Depth of Cover and Pipe Elevation : Unless otherwise shown on
= the drawings , or otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all pipe
shall have a minimum cover of 36 inches. Contractor shall
determine top of pipe elevation and top of ground elevation for
,. every two joints of pipe installed using a level . Pipe must have the
minimum cover described above and must be within +/- 0 . 2 feet of
the top of pipe elevation indicated on the drawings . Installed pipe ,
which does not meet these requirements, shall be reinstalled until
it meets these requirements . Contractor shall record top of pipe
and top of ground elevations and the locations of where these
elevations were determined and submit this information to
Engineer. Engineer reserves the right to have Contractor excavate
and check top of pipe and top of ground elevations to see if they
conform to the aforementioned requirements, at no additional cost
to the Owner.
.. END OF SECTION
r
r
r
5 - 3
r
� � � r � r � � � � i � r i � r r � r
r
r
r
s
SECTION 6
r WASTEWATER AND RECLAIMED WATER FORCE MAINS
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
r
r
r
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
r
• SECTION 6
WASTEWATER AND RECLAIMED WATER FORCE MAINS
.. DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
6.01 SCOPE
This section covers cast ductile iron pipe and fittings for wastewater and
reclaimed water force mains .
6.02 GENERAL
A. Ductile iron pipe shall be allowed for use as wastewater and
reclaimed water force main pipe where compatible with the
specific conditions of the project. The use of material other than
® ductile iron may be required by Indian River County Department of
Utility Services ( IRCDUS) during construction permit review or by
IRCDUS field personnel during construction if it is determined that
�. ductile iron pipe is unsuitable for the particular application .
B . All ductile iron pipes shall be manufactured in accordance with
r, AWWA Standard Specifications C150/A21 . 50-96 and C151 /A51 -
96, or latest revisions , and shall be pressure Class 300 or 350
minimum as depicted on Table 6 . 1 on page 6-2 . All ductile iron
r
pipes crossing under roadways shall be pressure Class 350
minimum .
C. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, underground piping shall
r be bell and spigot and aboveground piping shall be flanged .
D . Cutting of ductile iron pipe shall be by sawing .
r
6.03 PIPE
.. Ductile iron pipe shall be bell and spigot cast in accordance with AWWA
Standard Specifications C150/A21 . 50-96 and C151 /A51 -96 , or latest
revisions . Cast ductile iron pipe shall have a minimum tensile strength of
r 60 , 000 psi with a minimum yield strength of 42 , 000 psi . Pipe wall
thicknesses shall be computed in accordance with AWWA Standard
Specification C150/A21 . 50-96 , or latest revision , using the physical
characteristics cited above with a minimum working pressure of 200 psi
and a Laying Condition 'Type 2 . " Unless otherwise indicated or specified
herein , the pipe shall have the minimum wall thickness according to class
designation for diameters shown . All pipe shall be given a minimum
factory hydrostatic test of 500 pounds per square inch .
r
r
6 - 1
i
TABLE 6. 1
.PRESSURE CLASS
OUTSIDE 300 PSI 350 PSI
SIZE DIAMETER THICKNESS THICKNESS
(INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES)
3 3.96 --- 0 . 25
4 4.80 0 .25
6 6.90 --- 0 .25
8 9 .05 --- 0 .25 i
10 11 . 10 --- 0.26
12 13 . 20 --- 028
14 15 .30 0 . 30 0.31
16 17 .40 0 . 32 0 .34 i
18 19.50 0 .34 0 .36
20 21 .60 0 .36 0. 38
24 25.80 0 .40 0.43 i
30 32.00 0 .45 0.49
36 38.30 0 .51 0. 56
42 44.50 0 . 52 0 .63
48 50.80 0 .64 0 . 70
54 57.56 0 .72 0 .79
60 61 .61 0 .76 0 .83
64 65.67 0 .80 0 .87 i
6. 04 FITTINGS _
A. All underground fittings shall be either push-on , restrained , or
mechanical joint . Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA
Standard Specification C110/A21 . 10-98 ) or C153/A21 . 53-00 ), i
or latest revisions . All aboveground fittings shall be flanged
joint .
i
B . The pressure rating shall be 350 psi .
C . All fittings shall be lined with the same material as specified for the
pipe , as per paragraph 6 . 05 -
6.05 LINING AND COATING
A . Unless otherwise indicated , all ductile iron pipes shall be
factory lined and coated .
B . Lining : For 4" and larger, the interior of the pipe shall have a
fusion-bonded ceramic epoxy lining . The epoxy material i
shall be applied in 1 coat with a minimum dry film thickness
of 40 . 0 mils , see Approved Manufacturer's Product List. If
and where directed by IRCDUS , a polyethylene encasement shall
be provided over pipes and fittings .
i
6 - 2
i
r
C. Coating : Unless otherwise specified , the exterior of the pipe shall
have a bituminous coating to a minimum dry film thickness of 1 .0
mil .
r
D. Lining Inspection :
1 . All ductile iron pipe and fitting linings shall be checked for
thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge . The
thickness testing shall be done using the method outlined
SSPC-PA-2 film thickness rating .
2 . The interior lining of all pipe and fittings shall be tested for
pinholes with a nondestructive 2, 500-volt test.
3 . Each pipe joint and fitting shall be marked with the date of
application of the lining system and with its numerical
sequence of application on that date.
E . Certification of Lining Inspection : The pipe or fitting manufacturer
must supply a certificate attesting to the fact that the applicator
met the requirements of this specification , and that the material
used was as specified , and that the material was applied as
required by the specification .
r
F . Repair; Anywhere that the coating is removed purposely or
accidentally, the area shall be cleaned of any rust, grease, and dirt
and re-coated to a minimum dry film as specified for the individual
piece.
G . Encasement: If and when directed by IRCDUS 's Engineer, a
polyethylene encasement shall be provided around pipe , fittings,
and valves. The material , installation , and workmanship shall
conform to applicable sections of AWWA Standard Specifications
C105/A21 . 5-99 , or latest revision . Installation methods A or B
shall be employed using flat tube polyethylene. The Contractor
shall make provisions to keep the polyethylene from direct
exposure to sunlight prior to installation . Backfilling following
installation shall be completed without delay to avoid exposure to
sunlight.
r
H . All exposed ductile iron pipes shall be painted green per
Approved Manufacturer' s Product List .
r
6.06 BELL AND SPIGOT CONNECTIONS
Joints in bell and spigot pipe shall be push-on , mechanical , or restrained
joints in accordance with AWWA Standard Specifications C111 /A21 . 11 -
00 , or latest revision . Pipe restraints shall also be in accordance with
IRCDUS Standards or as directed by IRCDUS 's Engineer.
6 - 3
r
i
6.07 FLANGED CONNECTIONS i
A. All flanged pipe barrels shall comply with the physical and
chemical requirements as set forth in the Handbook of Ductile Iron =
Pipe Research Association . Flanges shall be in accordance with
ANSI Specification 816 . 1 for Class 125 flanges. Bolts shall be
stainless and comply with ANSI Specification 818.2. i
B . Flanged pipes shall be faced and drilled to the American Standard
Drilling , unless special drilling is called for or required . Where tap
or stud bolts are required , flanges shall be tapped . Flanges shall
be accurately faced and drilled smooth and true , at right angles to
the pipe axis, and shall be covered with zinc dust and tallow or a
rust preventive compound immediately after facing and drilling . `
C . Flanged pipe with screwed-on flanges shall be furnished with long
hubs, and the flanges shall be screwed on the threaded end of the
pipe in the shop and the face of the flange and end of pipe refaced
together. There shall be no leakage through the pipe threads and
the flanges shall be designed to prevent corrosion of the threads =
from outside .
D . Flanged joints shall be made with bolts or stud bolts and nuts .
Bolts , stud bolts, and nuts shall conform to American Standard
heavy dimensions, semi-finished with square or hexagonal heads
and cold punched hexagonal nuts , meeting the requirements of i
ASTM Designation A-307 . Bolt sizes shall be American Standard
for the flanges specified , and bolts and nuts shall have good , true
threads .
i
E. Gaskets shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard
Specifications C115/A21 . 15-99 , or latest revisions .
r
6.08 SUBMITTALS
Before starting fabrication of the ductile iron pipe and fittings , the =
Contractor shall submit complete detailed working drawings for approval
by the Engineer and IRCDUS . Such drawings shall show the piping
layouts and contain schedules of all pipe , fittings, valves, expansion
joints, hangers and supports, and other appurtenances . Where special
fittings are required , they shall be shown in large detail with all necessary
dimensions . The drawings submitted shall show flanged joined sections =
placed so as to be removable without disturbance to the main pipe
sections .
6.09 MARKING `
A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe . See Trace Wire Detail i
M - 16 for specifications regarding installation .
i
6 - 4
_
` B . Trace Wire is required over all pipes.
C . A 2" wide magnetic I . D . location tape is required over all pipes .
Tape is to be installed 12" below proposed finished grade .
6, 10 INSTALLATION
A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this
specification , the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions . The Contractor
shall use every precaution during construction to protect the pipe
against the entry of non-potable water, dirt, wood , small animals ,
and any other foreign material that would hinder the operation of
the pipeline . Where the groundwater elevation is above the
bottom of the trench , the Contractor shall provide suitable
dewatering equipment at no additional cost to the IRCDUS . All
piping shall be placed in a dry trench , unless the Engineer and
IRCDUS approves wet trench installation .
B . Depth of Cover and Pipe Elevation : Unless otherwise shown on
the drawings, or otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all pipe
shall have a minimum cover of 36 inches . Contractor shall
determine top of pipe elevation and top of ground elevation for
every two joints of pipe installed using a level . Pipe must have the
minimum cover described above and must be within +/- 0 . 2 feet of
the top of pipe elevation indicated on the drawings . Installed pipe ,
which does not meet these requirements, shall be reinstalled until
it does meet these requirements. Contractor shall record top of
pipe and top of ground elevations and the locations of where
these elevations were determined and submit this information to
Engineer. Engineer reserves the right to have Contractor excavate
and check top of pipe and top of ground elevations to see if they
conform to the aforementioned requirements, at no cost to the
Owner.
END OF SECTION
r
6 - 5
i
r
i
i
w
i
i
r
r�
i
s
s
r
r
r
SECTION 7
.. WASTEWATER AND RECLAIMED WATER FORCE MAINS
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
r
r
r
r
r
1 1 / i f i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 i i 1 1 � i
SECTION 7
WASTEWATER AND RECLAIMED WATER FORCE MAINS
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
7.01 SCOPE
This section covers polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings for wastewater and
reclaimed water force main .
7.02 GENERAL
Polyvinyl chloride ( PVC ) pipe shall be allowed for use as wastewater and
reclaimed water force main pipe where compatible with the specific
conditions of the project. Indian River County Department of Utility
Services ( IRCDUS) may require the use of material , other than polyvinyl
chloride , during construction permit review or by IRCDUS field personnel
during construction if it is determined that polyvinyl chloride pipe is
unsuitable for the particular application .
7.03 PIPE MATERIALS FOR SIZES 4" THROUGH 12"
A. All pipe and fittings intended for conveying or transmitting wastewater
' or reclaimed water shall be designed for a minimum working pressure
of 150 psi .
B . Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe shall conform to AWWA Standards
Specifications C900 latest revision , or C909, latest revision and ASTM
D1784 and D2241 , latest revision . PVC pressure pipe shall be made
.. from Class 12454-A or Class 12454-B material and conform to the
outside diameter of cast iron pipe with a minimum wall thickness of
DR18 .
C . Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe less than 4" diameter shall be DR-21 ,
PR-200 .
r
D . Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be purchased per Approved
Manufacturer's Product List.
E . The pipe used for wastewater shall be green in color. The pipe used
for reclaimed water shall be purple in color.
7.04 PIPE MATERIALS FOR SIZES 14" THROUGH 36"
A. All pipe and fittings intended for conveying or transmitting
.. wastewater or reclaimed water shall be designed for a minimum
working pressure of 150 psi .
B . Polyvinyl chloride pressure pipe shall conform to the latest AWWA
Standards Specifications C905-97 and ASTM D1784 , latest
revisions . PVC pressure pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A
7 - 1
a
or Class 124546 material and conform to the outside diameter of
cast iron pipe with a minimum wall thickness of DR25 .
C. Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be purchased per the Approved
Manufacturer's Product List.
D. The pipe used for wastewater shall be green in color. The pipe
used for reclaimed water shall be purple in color.
7. 05 JOINTS
A. Joints for PVC pressure pipe shall be bell and spigot push-on
rubber gasket type only. No solvent weld or threaded joints will be
permitted .
B . The Engineer of Record or IRCDUS may consider other type
joints for specific installation upon submission of specifications "
and approval .
C . Restraint joints, when required , see Approved Manufacturer's
Product List.
7. 06 FITTINGS .,
A. All underground fittings shall be either ductile iron push-on ,
restrained , or mechanical joint. Mechanical joints shall conform to
AWWA Standard Specifications C110/A21 . 10 or C153/A21 . 53
latest revisions. Fittings shall be fusion-bonded ceramic epoxy
lined . The epoxy material shall be applied in one coat with a
minimum dry film thickness of 40 . 0 mils and shall be Protecto 401
or approved equal . All aboveground exposed fittings shall be
flanged .
B . The pressure rating shall be 350 psi .
C . Joint restraint, when required ; see Approved Manufacturer's
Product List.
7.07 SUBMITTALS
Before starting fabrication of the PVC pipe and fittings , the
Contractor shall submit complete detailed working drawings for
approval by the Engineer and IRCDUS . Such drawings shall show
the piping layouts and contain schedules of all pipe , fittings, valves ,
expansion joints , hangers and supports , and other appurtenances.
Where special fittings are required , they shall be shown in large
detail with all necessary dimensions . The drawings submitted shall
show flanged jointed sections placed so as to be removable without "
disturbance to the main pipe sections .
7 - 2
+
7.08 MARKING
A. Number 10 stranded conductor copper trace wire shall be spiral
wrapped or affixed to the top of the pipe . See Trace Wire Detail
M- 16 for specifications regarding installation .
B. Trace wire is required over all pipes.
C . A 2° wide magnetic I . D . location tape is required over all pipes.
r
Tape is to be installed 12" below finished grade.
7 , 09 INSTALLATION
A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this
specification , the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions . The Contractor
+ shall use every precaution during construction to protect the pipe
against the entry of non-potable water, dirt, wood , small animals ,
and any other foreign material that would hinder the operation of
,. the pipeline . Where the groundwater elevation is above the
bottom of the trench, the Contractor shall provide suitable
dewatering equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. All
+ piping shall be placed in a dry trench , unless the Engineer of
Record and IRCDUS approve wet trench installation .
B. Depth of Cover and Pipe Elevation : Unless otherwise shown on
+ the drawings, or otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all pipe
shall have a minimum cover of 36 inches . Contractor shall
determine top of pipe elevation and top of ground elevation for
" every two joints of pipe installed using a level . Pipe must have the
minimum cover described above and must be within +/- 0. 2 feet of
the top of pipe elevation indicated on the drawings . Installed pipe,
+ which does not meet these requirements , shall be reinstalled until
it does meet these requirements. Contractor shall record top of
pipe and top of ground elevations and the locations of where
,. these elevations were determined and submit this information to
Engineer of Record or his representative and IRCDUS . Engineer
of Record or IRCDUS reserves the right to have Contractor
+ excavate and check top of pipe and top of ground elevations to
see if they conform to the aforementioned requirements , at no
cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
r
7 - 3
i
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
SECTION 8
.� SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER
PUMPING STATION
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
SECTION 8
SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER
PUMPING STATION _
8.01 GENERAL
A. The station shall be complete with pumps, motors , piping , valves ,
electrical work (including motor controls) , structure, connections
and all other needed appurtenances , tested and ready for service
prior to the sign-off or acceptance by IRCDUS .
B . These specifications are intended to give a general description of
what is required , but do not cover all details , which will vary in r
accordance with the requirements of the equipment as offered . It
is , however, intended to cover the furnishing , the shop testing , the
delivery and complete installation and field testing of all materials , .�
equipment and appurtenances for the complete pumping units as
herein specified , whether specifically mentioned in these
specifications or not.
C. For all units there shall be furnished and installed all necessary
and desirable accessory equipment and auxiliaries , whether
specifically mentioned in these specifications or not, and as r`
required for an installation incorporating the highest standard for
the type of service , including field testing of the entire installation
and instructing the IRCDUS's regular operating personnel in the
care, operation and maintenance of all equipment.
D. All private lift stations must provide a repair company name and r+
emergency telephone number on the electrical panel in case of a
malfunction to the station . If a name and number is not provided ,
the IRCDUS reserves the right to call a company of it's choosing .,
to make a service call and repair the malfunctioning station . All
charges to repair said station shall be charged to the owner of the
station .
r
E . A manhole shall be constructed within 20' upstream of a lift
station . There shall be only one pipe connection from this manhole
to the lift station . The pipe between the lift station and manhole
shall be SDR-26 or C-900 PVC pipe .
8 .02 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS
The pump station shall be comprised of a concrete wet well , concrete
valve pit, RTU , at least two submersible wastewater pumps and controls , 'r
discharge piping and all appurtenances as specified herein or needed .
The pump station will pump raw, unscreened , domestic wastewater into a
force main . r
r
8 - 1
r
r
8 . 03 QUALIFICATION
A. To assure unity of responsibility, the motors and control system
r shall be furnished and coordinated by the pump manufacturer.
The Engineer of Record shall assume responsibility for the
satisfactory installation and operation of the entire pumping
r
system , including pumps , motors , and controls as specified .
B . The pumps covered by these specifications are intended to be
standard pumping equipment of proven ability as manufactured by
a reputable manufacturer having extensive experience in the
production of such pumps. The pumps furnished shall be
designed , constructed and installed in accordance with the best
r practice and methods, and shall operate satisfactorily when
installed . Pumps shall be manufactured in accordance with the
Hydraulic Institute Standards .
r
C. The control system shall have an established record of successful
performance for similar service and be approved by the IRCDUS.
r
D . All equipment furnished under this specification shall be new, and
shall be the standard product of manufacturers having a
successful record of manufacturing and servicing the equipment
and systems specified herein for a minimum of five (5) years .
E . The pumps shall be furnished complete with controls and
accessories required , and shall be as on the Approved
Manufacturer's Product List. Grinders pumps shall be permitted
for pumps 10 .0 HP or less, unless otherwise approved by
r IRCDUS's Engineer. Three phase electrical power will be
required for all pumping stations . 120/240 volt service will be
required for pump stations up to 20hp . 277/480 volt service will be
r required for pump stations larger than 20hp .
8 .04 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
r
A. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be furnished. The
manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and
., , shall include all required cuts, drawings , equipment lists ,
descriptions , etc. , that are required to instruct operating and
maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. The
r number and special requirements shall be as specified by the
County.
B . A factory representative of all major component manufacturers,
who has complete knowledge of
p g proper operation and
maintenance , shall be provided for one ( 1 ) full day to instruct
representatives of the Owner and the Engineer on proper
operation and maintenance. If there are difficulties in operation of
r
8 - 2
r
the equipment due to the manufacturer's design or fabrication ,
additional service shall be provided at no cost to the Owner.
8 , 05 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Any special tools required shall be provided .
B. The manufacturer shall furnish a complete set of recommended
spare parts necessary for the first three (3) years of operation of
the pumping system , which shall include at least the following :
1 . 1 — set of upper bearings
2. 1 — set of lower bearings
3 . 1 — set of upper and lower shaft seals +
4 . 1 —relay and phase monitor for each type supplied with the
pump control panel for each station
5. Gringer Pump Station (2 Complete Sets) Impeller and rr
Bottom Plate is one set.
6 . Solid Handling Pumps ( 1 Impeller)
7 . 1 —TC0001 Programmed to the corresponding Frequency
C. Spare parts shall be properly bound and labeled for easy
identification without opening the packaging , and suitably
protected for long-term storage .
8 .06 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor and the equipment manufacturers shall warrant all
equipment supplied under this section for a period of one ( 1 ) year.
Warranty period shall commence on final date when the IRCDUS
accepts the project.
B . The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in
workmanship , design and materials. If any part of the equipment
should fail during the warranty period , it shall be replaced in the
machine(s) and the unit(s) restored to service at no expense to •
the IRCDUS .
C. The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the .,
Contractor's warranty period . No exception to the provision shall
be allowed .
8. 07 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. The pumping units required under this section shall be complete ,
including pumps and motors with proper alignment and balancing
of the individual units. All parts shall be so designed and
proportioned as to have liberal strength , stability, and stiffness ,
and to be especially adapted for the work to be done . Ample
room shall be provided for inspection , repairs ,, and adjustments .
8 - 3
r
B . Each foundation plate for each pump shall be rigidly and
accurately anchored into position. The same pump manufacturer
r shall furnish all necessary foundation bolts , plates , nuts, and
washers for installation by the Contractor. Each foundation plate
shall be 1/2" thick Type 316 stainless steel . Foundation bolts, nuts ,
washers, and spare parts shall be Type 316 stainless steel .
r
C . Stainless steel nameplates giving the name of the manufacturer,
head , speed , and all other pertinent data shall be attached to each
r pump and motor.
r
8 .08 PUMPS
A. General
1 . The pumps shall be totally submersible centrifugal pumps
r with close-coupled motors designed to pump sewage. The
design shall be such that the pumping units shall be
automatically connected to the discharge piping when
r lowered into place on the discharge connection . The
pumps shall be easily removable for inspection or service ,
requiring no bolts , nuts or other fastenings to be removed
for this purpose , or need for personnel to enter the pump
r well . Each pump shall be fitted with a 316 stainless steel
lifting cable of adequate strength , and shall be five (5) feet
longer than wet well depth to control panel to permit raising
r the pump for inspection and removal .
2. The impeller shall be constructed of nodular iron SP . The
r hydraulic design shall incorporate a single vane centrifugal
impeller. The design shall permit low liquid velocities and
gradual acceleration and change of flow direction of the
r pumped media. The impeller/casing design shall result in
a passage free of surfaces to which solid or fibrous
materials can adhere. The overall pump design shall
r combine high efficiency, low required NPSH , large ball
passage and the ability to handle high solids
concentrations efficiently. All other parts shall be of close
r grain gray iron construction , with all parts coming into
contact with sewage protected by a coat of rubber-asphalt
paint. All external bolts and nuts shall be of stainless steel .
The impeller shall be of a centrifugal type , capable of
passing 3-inch minimum diameter solids , fibrous material ,
and heavy sludge . If riser pipes are less than 3" in the wet
well then the pumps must be grinder pumps .
r
r
8 - 4
r
r
3 . Each pump shall be provided with a tandem double r
mechanical seal running in an oil reservoir, composed of
two separate lapped face seals , each consisting of one
stationary and one rotating tungsten-carbide or silicon r
carbide ring with each pair held in contact by a separate
spring , so that the outside pressure assists spring
compression in preventing the seal faces from opening .
The compression spring shall be protected against r
exposure to the pumped liquid . The pumped liquid shall
be sealed from the oil reservoir by one face seal and
sealed from the oil reservoir from the motor chamber by r
the other. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor
adjustment, and shall be easily replaced . Conventional
double mechanical seals with a single spring between the r
rotating faces , requiring constant differential pressure to
effect sealing and subject to opening and penetration by
pumping forces, shall not be considered equal to tandem ..
seal specified and required .
4. A sliding guide bracket shall be an integral part of the _
pumping unit, and the pump casing shall have a machined
connecting flange to connect with the cast iron discharge
connection , which shall be bolted to the floor of the sump
with stainless steel anchor bolts and so designed as to
receive the pump connection without the need of any bolts
or nuts. Sealing of the pumping units to the discharge
connection shall be accomplished by a simple linear
downward motion of the pump, with the entire weight of the
pumping unit guided by 304 stainless steel guides which
will press it tightly against the discharge connection . No r
portion of the pump shall bear directly on the floor of the
sump , and no rotary motion of the pump shall be required
for sealing . ..
5 . Pump motors shall be housed in an air-filled , watertight
casing . Motors shall be a NEMA Design B with a 1 . 15 r
service factor. Insulation shall be moisture-resistant NEMA
Class F with a maximum temperature rise of 90 degrees
Celsius above ambient temperature (4 degrees Celsius ) .
Motor characteristics are noted on the Drawings . Pump
motors shall have cooling characteristics suitable to permit
continuous operation , in a totally, partially or non-
submerged condition . Each motor shall incorporate an
ambient temperature compensated overheat sensing
device and a moisture sending device wired in series . The
protective devices shall be wired into the pump controls in r
such a way that if either device operates, the pump will
shut down . The devices shall be self-resetting . The cable
shall be fixed to the pump using a watertight trumpet
assembly. The pump shall be capable of running
continuously in a totally dry condition under full load ,
r
8 - 5
r
r
., without damage , for extended periods. Before final
acceptance, a field running test demonstrating this ability,
with four (4) hours of continuous operation (water supplied
r by the contractor) under the above conditions , shall be
performed for all pumps being supplied , if required by the
IRCDUS. Pump motor cables shall be suitable for
r submersible pump applications and shall be properly
sealed .
6. Motor windings shall be treated with a mildew preventative.
r
B. Each pumping unit and its driving equipment shall be designed
and constructed to withstand the maximum turbine runaway speed
r of the unit due to backflow through the pump.
C . Performance Requirements
r
For Performance Requirements, refer to IRCDUS Standards,
Pumping Station Data Table on Drawing No. S- 15 .
r
8. 09 ACCESS FRAMES AND GUIDES
A. The pumping station shall be furnished with the necessary
aluminum access frames, complete with hinged and hasp-
equipped covers, stainless steel upper guide holder, power cable
holder and level sensor cable holder. The frames shall be
securely mounted above the pumps . Doors shall have safety
locking handles in open position . Doors shall be of aluminum-
checkered plate with stainless steel hinges and hardware . The
access cover and frame shall be as sized on the Drawings.
B . Lower guide holders shall be integral with the discharge
r connection . Guide bars shall be of Schedule 40 , 2" Welded 304
stainless steel pipe of the size indicated on the Drawings and of
the length required by the pump manufacturer.
8 . 10 PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL SYSTEM (NON -REMOTE
TRANSMITTER UNIT) (SEE DETAIL DRAWINGS S-16)
A. General
,. 1 . A pump controller shall be provided for the wastewater
pumping station. The controller shall respond to the liquid
level sensor to automatically start and stop pumps to pace
r pump station influent flow, and shall be approved by
IRCDUS .
2 . The pump controller shall be the standard system of the
r manufacturer as modified for this application . The wet well
r
8 - 6
r
levels to be used in operation are as shown on Detail
Drawings S- 14 and S- 15 of the IRCDUS Standards .
B. Operation Requirements
1 . The control panels shall consist of a main circuit breaker
and generator breaker with mechanical interlock, an
emergency power receptacle , a motor circuit protector
(MCP) and magnetic starter for each pump motor, and 20
ampere , 120 volt circuit breakers as required . MCP motor
control panel shall meet all requirements of service
entrance by properly bonding neutral or shall be UL service
entrance rated . A low and high level alarm and pump r
shutoff shall be accomplished by float type , liquid level
control system , with all components mounted in one
common enclosure. Control switches shall provide means
to operate each pump manually or automatically. When
operated in the automatic mode , the control assembly shall
provide means to manually select or automatically
alternate the position of the "lead " and " lag" pumps after
each pumping cycle. A three position alternate switch
labeled "test-off-auto" shall be provided to manually select
which pump shall be the lead pump, when necessary, and
also be able to test the alternator to see if it is still
operational .
r
2. A float type liquid level control system shall continuously
monitor wet well liquid level and control operation of the
low-level cutoff for the pumps , and shall operate on a 24- r
volt circuit.
3 . An unfused safety switch shall be installed between the
meter and panel . This switch shall be in a NEMA 3X, UL
rated , stainless steel waterproof enclosure , per Approved
Manufacturer's Product List. Amperage shall be at least
equal to that of the main breaker.
C . Construction
r
1 . The electrical control equipment shall be mounted
within a modified NEMA 3X, UL rated , stainless steel ,
dead front enclosure . The enclosure shall be
equipped with a door and may incorporate a
removable back panel on which control components
shall be mounted . Back panel shall be secured to
enclosure with collar studs . All lines entering the
enclosure shall be protected by diaphragm type seals
at the source and shall be behind the dead front r
enclosure , entering from the side or bottom only . The
w
8 - 7
seals shall prevent moisture from entering the
enclosure . Two cable connectors per Approved
Manufacturer's Product List shall be provided to
terminate the motor cables in the control panel . The
connectors shall be suitable for a 2" conduit with a
neoprene bushing suitable for the motor cables
.� supplied .
2 . Components
r
a . All motor branch circuit breakers , motor starters ,
and control relays shall be of highest industrial
quality, securely fastened to the removable back
panels with screws and lock washers . Back panels
shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws.
Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any
component. A non-corrosive material shall be
utilized for wire connection locations within the box.
b . A thermal-magnetic air circuit breaker, per
Approved Manufacturer's Product List, shall be
furnished for the main breaker. The manufacturer
r shall seal all circuit breakers after calibration to
prevent tampering . An Motor Control Panel ( MCP)
shall be provided for each motor starter. Each
,. MCP shall be adequately sized to meet the pump
motor and station operating conditions .
r
C. An open frame, across-the-line, NEMA rated ,
magnetic motor starter, Class 8536 , per Approved
Manufacturer's Product List, shall be furnished for
each pump motor. Reduced voltage motor starters,
Class 8606 , per Approved Manufacturer's Product
List, are required for all 30 HP and larger motors .
All motor starters shall be equipped to provide
under-voltage release and overload protection on
all three phases. Motor starter contacts shall be
easily replaceable without removing the motor
starter from its mounted position . Overload reset
push buttons shall be located on the inside of the
control compartment door.
d . An emergency power receptacle shall be installed
in the side of the control panel and connected to
the line side of the generator breaker. The
receptacle ; shall be per Approved Manufacturer's
Product List.
r
8 - 8
r
e. A ground fault indicator duplex utility receptacle
providing 120 volt , 20 amp , 60 hertz, single phase
current shall be mounted on the internal door.
f. The control panel shall include an adjustable time
delay relay to prevent both pumps from starting
simultaneously. Time delay relays shall be
electronic type .
3 . Operating Controls and Instruments
a . All operating controls and instruments shall be
securely mounted on the control compartment door.
All controls and instruments shall be clearly labeled r
to indicate function .
b. Pump mode selector switches shall be Hand-Off-
Auto type to permit override of automatic level
control and manual actuation of shutdown of either
pump motor. Operation of pumps in manual mode
shall bypass all safety shutdown circuits except r
pump motor overload shutdown. Switches shall be
oil-tight, per Approved Manufacturer's Product List,
providing three (3) switch positions, each of which
shall be clearly labeled according to function .
Separate indicator lamps, which shall operate at
115 volts input, shall be provided mounted above
H .O .A. selector switches . Lamps shall be easily
replaceable from the front of control compartment
door without removing switch modules from their r
mounted positions .
C. Indicator lamps shall be mounted in oil-tight
modules , see Approved Manufacturer's Product
List. Lamp modules shall be equipped to operate at
115-volt input. Lamps shall be easily replaceable
from the front of the control compartment door
without removing lamp module from its mounted
position .
.W
d . A six (6 ) digit, non-reset elapsed time meter shall
be connected to each motor starter to indicate the
total running time of each pump in "hours" and
"tenth of hours. " The elapsed time meters shall be
per the Approved Manufacturer's Product List.
r
8 - 9
,. 8 . 10 PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM ( REMOTE TRANSMITTER UNIT)
A. A Remote Telemetry Unit ( RTU ) shall be supplied with the pump
control system . The RTU shall be capable of acquiring analog
and discrete data for transmission to the Central Telemetry Unit
(CTU); The RTU shall also be capable of receiving instructions
from the CTU for the operation of the pumps . See Approved
Manufacturer's Product List for the separate components. (See
IRCDUS Standards, Detail Drawings S- 16 . )
8 . 11 SHOP PAINTING
A. Before exposure to weather and prior to shop painting , all
" surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned , dry and free from all mill-
scale, rust, grease, dirt and other foreign matter.
r B . All pumps and motors shall be shop primed , with primer
compatible with the field painting .
r C . All nameplates shall be properly protected during painting .
D . Gears, bearing surfaces, and other similar surfaces obviously not
to be painted shall be given a heavy shop coat of grease or other
suitable rust-resistant coating . This coating shall be maintained
as necessary to prevent corrosion during periods of storage and
erection , and shall be satisfactory to the Engineer up to the time of
final acceptance test.
_ E . Control Panels shall be made of stainless steel .
8 . 12 FIELD PAINTING
A. The primer and paint used in the shop shall be products of the
same manufacturer as the field paint to assure compatibility.
B . All nameplates shall be properly protected during painting .
8. 13 LIFT STATION —GENERAL
A. The Lift Stations Wet Well shall conform to the following size:
.. DEPTH (ft) DIAMETER (ft)
0- 10 6
11 - 15 8
r 16-20 10
21 -25 12
Or as approved by IRCDUS's Engineer.
r
8 - 10
r
8 . 14 LIFT STATION LINERS-GENERAL
A. A Concrete Protective Liner (CPL) shall be installed in the lift
station/wet wells, repumped lift stations , receiving manholes, drop
manholes , and manholes as required by IRCDUS's Engineer.
B . After the lift station lining operation has been completed , the
Contractor in the presence of the IRCDUS's representative shall
visually inspect the lift station . In addition , at the IRCDUS's
request, the Contractor shall be required within one year to
visually inspect the lift stations that were lined . The Contractor
shall redo any work that has become defective.
r
8 . 15 LIFT STATION LINERS-MATERIAL-HDPE
A. The Lift Station Liner shall be HDPE (high density polyethylene)
with a minimum thickness of 2 mm . All HDPE liner sheets shall be
extruded with a large number of anchoring studs, a minimum of
39/ft2, manufactured during the extrusion process in one piece r
with the sheet so there is no welding and no mechanical finishing
work to attach the studs to the sheet. The liner shall have a pull
out of 112 . 5 lbs ./anchoring stud .
B. Flat liner sheet, non anchored , used for overlapping joints , shall
have a minimum thickness of 3mm . All joints shall be sealed by
means of thermal welding performed certified welders.
C. The lining shall have good impact resistance, shall be flexible , and
shall have an elongation sufficient to bridge up to a 1 /4-inch
settling crack, without damage to the lining . The liner shall be able
to bridge any expansion cracks that may occur.
D. Lining shall be repairable at any time during the life of the
structure.
r
E . A certified fabricator shall custom fit the liner to the form work in
order to protect the concrete surfaces from sewer gases. The
interior surfaces to be protected shall include the walls , ceiling , ..
and pipe entries.
F. For all lined manholes the use of HDPE Grade rings shall be used r
in lieu of brick or precast grade rings . Grade rings shall meet HS-
25 load rating . Butyl sealant shall be used between each ring to
make a watertight joint. The first grade ring shall be
welded to the liner to provide a gas tight seal . "
C . Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide written certification
that the liner used meets or exceeds the requirement of this
specification .
8 - 11
r
r
r
D . Provide a five (5) year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and
products. The work includes the surface preparation and
application of the liner system , shall protect the structure for at
r least five (5) years from all leaks , and from failure due to corrosion
from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide .
r
8. 16 LIFT STATION LINERS -MATERIAL-FIBER GLASS
r
A. The lift station liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM
r Specifications D-3753 for glass fiber reinforced polyester
manholes or lift stations . See Approved Manufacturer's Product
List
r
B . Fiberglass liners shall have a three-year warranty period .
r END OF SECTION
r
r
r
r
r
r
8 - 12
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
SECTION 9
MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
AND
APPURTENANCES
r
i
i SECTION 9
MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
i AND APPURTENANCES
9 .01 GENERAL
r
A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of
well-established reputable firms who are fully experienced and
i qualified in the manufacturing of the particular equipment to be
furnished . The equipment shall be designed , constructed and
installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and
shall comply with these specifications as applicable.
i
B . All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker
and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in
i raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body.
C. All buried valves and appurtenances shall be mechanical joint . All
i aboveground/exposed valves and appurtenances shall be flanged .
D. Gate valves shall be used on water, sewer, and reuse mains.
i
E . Plug valves may be used in lift station valve vaults as approved by
IRCDUS.
F. IRCDUS's Engineer on a case-by-case basis may approve valves
and appurtenances other than those specifically called out in this
Section for use. Criteria for approval shall include the
i interchangeability of the valve or appurtenance , or its parts , with
those brands specifically called out in these specifications .
i G . All exposed valves and appurtenances shall be painted per the
Approved Manufacturer's Product List. Water mains shall be
painted blue , force mains shall be painted green , and reuse mains
i shall be painted purple .
9.02 GATE VALVES (3-INCH AND LARGER)
i
A. All buried gate valves shall meet the requirements of AWWA
Standard Specification C509-01 , or latest revision . Valves shall
be rated for 150-psi working pressure and a minimum 300-psi test
i pressure. Valves shall be ductile iron body, bronze-mounted ,
resilient seated , non-rising stem type fitted with "O-Ring " seals .
All bolts to be used in valve bonnet are to be stainless steel . The
operating nuts shall be Standard AWWA 2" square. All valves
shall open counterclockwise . Stuffing boxes shall be the "O-Ring"
type . Gate valves shall be mechanical joint, ANSI Standards
= 21 . 11 , except where shown otherwise .
i
9 - 1
i
B . Where required , gate valves shall be provided with a box cast in `
the road and a box cover. Box cover opening shall be for valve
stem and nut. The contractor shall provide valve wrenches and
extension stems from the same manufacturer as the valve to
actuate the valves . The floor box and cover shall be per the
Approved Manufacturer's Product List. (See Drawing M-5) .
9.03 CHECK VALVES
A . Check valves for ductile iron pipelines shall be swing type and
shall meet the material requirements of AWWA Standard
Specifications C508-01 , or latest revision . The valves shall be
iron body, bronze mounted , single disc, 150 psi working water _
pressure , non-shock, non-slam , slow closing , and hydrostatically
tested at 300 psi . Ends shall be 125 pound ANSI 816 . 1 flanges or
125 pound ANSI B2 . 1 threaded fittings, depending upon location . _
B . When there is no flow through the line, the disc shall hang lightly
against its seat. When open , the disc shall swing clear of the
waterway. •'
C. Check valves shall have bronze seat and body rings, extended
bronze hinge pins, and bronze nuts on the bolts of bolted covers .
D. Valves shall be so constructed that disc and body seat may easily
be removed and replaced without removing the valve from the
line . Valves shall be fitted with an extended hinge arm with
outside lever and weight, as necessary.
E . Check valves for PVC pipe less than 3" in diameter shall be of `
PVC Type 1 , Series BC, with union , socket, threaded , or flanged
ends, as required . Check valves for PVC pipes greater the 3"
shall be bronze . PVC ball check valves shall be per the Approved
Manufacturer's Product List.
9 .04 PLUG VALVES
A. Plug valves shall be non-lubricated eccentric type with semi-steel
bodies , resilient faced plugs, and stainless steel or nickel seats in
the body. Port area shall be at least 80 percent of full pipe area
for valves 20 inches and smaller. Port area shall be 70 percent for
all valves 24 inches and larger. All valves 4 inches and larger
shall be of the bolted design . All exposed nuts , bolts , springs, and
washers shall be hot dipped galvanized , except exposed
hardware for submerged valves shall be of stainless steel . Valve
bodies shall be semi-steel with 125-pound ANSI Standard flanged
ends for interior or aboveground service; mechanical joint for
buried service and for use with threaded cast iron or ductile iron
piping shall have screwed end connections. The plug shall be one `
piece and of sufficient design so as not to require a stiffening
member opposite the face plug . _
9 - 2
r
r
B . Plug valves 6 inches or greater in diameter shall be equipped with
gear actuators, which shall clearly indicate valve position and an
r adjustable stop shall be provided . Construction of actuator
housing shall be semi-steel . All gearing shall be enclosed ,
suitable for running in oil with seals provided on all shafts to
r prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All shaft bearings
shall be furnished with permanently lubricated bearing bushings .
r C . Three-way plug valves shall be non-lubricated gear operated .
Valve bodies shall be semi-steel with 125-pound ANSI Standard
flanges, and plugs shall be resilient faced . Three-way valves shall
be 3-way, 3-port, 270-degree turn .
r
D. Plug valves and actuators shall be as per the Approved
Manufacturer's Product List.
9. 05 AIR RELEASE VALVES
A . The air release valves shall be installed as shown on the
Drawings. Valves shall be provided with a vacuum check to
prevent air from reentering the line . Aboveground air release
valves for wastewater shall be per the Approved
Manufacturer' s Product List .
r B . The fittings shall be threaded . Selowground air release
valves for wastewater shall be as on the Approved
Manufacturer's Product List. Air release valves for water lines
shall be as per the Approved Manufacturer's Product List .
r
9.06 FIRE HYDRANTS
Fire hydrants shall be traffic type, 5'/0" valve opening and
manufactured per the Approved Manufacturer's Product List. Fire
hydrants shall comply with the current AWWA Standard
Specification C502-94 , or latest revision , for fire hydrants for water
works service . Each hydrant shall have 6" mechanical joint ends
with harnessing lugs ("dog ears" ) and shall open by turning to the
left (counterclockwise) . Fire hydrant shall be of ample length for
18" clearance above centerline of roadway. It shall be provided
r with two 2'/z" hose nozzles and one 4 /2 ' pumper nozzle , all having
National Standard hose threads . Nozzles shall have caps attached
by chains. Operating nuts shall be AWWA Standard ( pentagonal ,
r measuring 1 '/2" point to flat) . Fire hydrants shall be equipped with
"O-Ring" packing . Fire hydrant shall be painted Federal Safety red .
r
r
9 - 3
r
r
r
9. 07 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
All backflow preventers shall be mounted aboveground , in non-traffic r
areas on the customer's side of the meter. Aboveground piping shall be
ductile iron . Brass or Copper pipe may be used for pipe 2" in diameter or
smaller. Backflow preventers shall be of reduced pressure/double check r
type with two (2) independently operating check valves , and shall be
designed to operate in a horizontal flow mode . An independent relief
valve shall be located between the two check valves. Reduced pressure
feature shall be included in all commerical applications . Preventers shall
be University of Southern California ( USC) approved as per the Approved
Manufacturer's Product List.
r
9.08 VALVE BOXES
A . All buried valves shall have cast iron two or three-piece valve r
boxes with cast iron covers . Valve boxes shall be provided with
suitable heavy bonnets and extend to match finished grade
surface as directed by the Engineer. The barrel shall be one or
two-piece , screw type, having 5Ya' shaft. Covers shall have
"WATER" cast into the top for all water mains, "SEWER" cast into
the top for all wastewater force mains and 'REUSE" cast into the r
top for all reuse mains All valves shall have actuating nuts
extended to within 24 inches of the top of the valve box cover.
r
B . Valve boxes shall be provided with concrete base and valve
nameplate, with suitable anchors for casting in concrete .
Nameplate shall be 3" diameter bronze disk with engraved r
lettering 1 /8" deep , as shown on the Drawings and manufactured
per the Approved Manufacturer' s Product List.
C . Valve boxes shall be installed in a concrete pad , as specified in
Drawing Detail M-5. IRCDUS may eliminate concrete pad in
asphalt pavement.
9 .09 CORPORATION STOPS
r
A . Corporation stops for connections to ductile iron or P. V. C. piping
shall be all brass or bronze suitable for 150 psi operating pressure ,
shall be iron pipe or AWWA tapered thread design , shall be as per the . ,
Approved Manufacturer's Product List, and shall be of sizes required
and/or noted on the Drawings .
r
B . Saddles shall be stainless steel double strap with epoxy coated iron
saddle as per the Approved Manufacturer's Product List.
r
9 - 4
r
9 . 10 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
A. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type.
1 . Split type coupling shall be used with all interior piping and
with exterior piping as noted . The couplings shall be
mechanical type for radius groove piping . The couplings
shall mechanically engage and lock grooved pipe ends in a
positive couple and allow for angular deflection and
., contraction and expansion .
2 . Couplings shall consist of ductile iron , ASTM Specification
A47, Grade 32510 housing clamps in two or more parts, a
single chlorinated butyl composition sealing gasket with a
"C" shaped cross-section and internal sealing lips
projecting diagonally inward , and two or more oval track
head type bolts with hexagonal heavy nuts conforming to
ASTM Specification A183 and A194 to assemble the
housing clamps . Bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel .
3. Sleeve type couplings shall be used with all buried piping .
The couplings shall be of ductile iron and shall be per the
.. Approved Manufacturer's Product List. The coupling shall
be provided with stainless steel bolts and nuts , unless
indicated otherwise .
i
4. All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe stop
removed .
5 . Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition
suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe .
6 . Ductile iron followers and middle rings conform to ASTM A-
536 , Grade 65-45- 12, NSF-61 fusion bonded powder
epoxy coating , Testing per AWWA C-219 (ANSI A21 - 11 ) ,
Rating 200 psi working pressure per AWWA C-219 ,
Compounded gaskets conform to compression test ASTM
D-395 Method A & B , approved for water application .
9 . 11 STEEL CASING PIPE
A. Steel casings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
Designation A139 Grade "B" and shall be coated inside and
outside by a black bituminous coating , minimum 5 mils thick. The
casing pipes shall have the minimum nominal diameter and wall
thickness as indicated below.
9 - 5
r
r
CASING PIPE CASING PIPE
INSIDE DIAMETER WALL THICKNESS i
( INCHES ) ( INCHES)
6 - 16 0 . 250
18 — 20 0. 312
r
22 - 24 0. 375
26 - 28 0 .437
30 - 34 0 . 500
36 - 38 0 . 562 `
40 - 50 0 .625
52 - 58 0 . 750
60 - 78 0 . 813 i
84 - 90 0 , 875
96 - 102 0 . 937
108 - 114 1 . 000 r
120 1 . 125
B . Field and shop welds of the casing pipes shall conform to the
American Welding Society Standard Specifications . Field welds
shall be complete penetration , single-vee groove or single-bevel
groove type joints . r
9. 12 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES
i
A. Tapping sleeve and valves shall be stainless steel wraparound
type or ductile iron on potable water mains . IRCDUS shall direct
the contractor which type to be used . Tapping sleeve and valves r
shall be stainless steel wraparound type for wastewater force
mains and reuse water mains per the Approved Manufacturer's
Product List. _
9 . 13 RESTRAINED JOINTS
See Section 11 .04 for Restrained Joints
END OF SECTION
i
i
i
9 - 6
r
i
i
i
i
i
i
SECTION 10
r
TESTING AND INSPECTION
OF
WATER MAINS,
RECLAIMED WATER FORCE MAINS ,
WASTEWATER FORCE MAINS,
AND
r GRAVITY SEWERS
SECTION 10
r
i
i
i
r
i
i
i
i
t
r
i
r
r
TESTING AND INSPECTION OF WATER MAINS, RECLAIMED WATER FORCE
MAINS, WASTEWATER FORCE MAINS, AND GRAVITY SEWERS
r
10.01 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS OF UNDERGROUND PRESSURE
PIPING
r
A. No hydrostatic testing will be permitted until as-built drawings have been
submitted and approved by IRCDUS .
—
B . At the beginning of the test period , thoroughly clean all new pipelines by
whatever means necessary , including flushing , to remove all dirt, stones,
- pieces of wood , other material that may have entered the pipeline during
the construction period , and all dirty and/or discolored water from the
pipelines . If after this cleaning , any obstructions remain , they shall be
removed . All debris cleaned from the pipelines shall be removed from the
job site. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests shall conform to AWWA
Standard Specifications C-605-94, or latest edition, for PVC pipe, with the
exception that Specifications C-600-99 , or latest revision , for D . I . P, and
- AWWA Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish all gauges ,
meters , pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line .
Engineer or designated representative shall be present during all testing ,
.. televising , and final inspections .
The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure test shall be 1 . 5
times the normal working pressure at the point of testing , and not less
than 1 . 25 times the working pressure at the highest point along the test
section , but not less than 150 psi for water mains and 100 psig for sewer
- force mains. The Contractor shall provide temporary plugs and blocking
necessary to maintain the required test pressure. Corporation cocks at
least 1 inch in diameter, pipe riser and angle glove valves shall be
provided at each pipe dead-end in order to bleed air from the line.
Duration of pressure test shall be at least 2 hours. The cost of these
items shall be included as part of testing .
— C. The leakage test may be conducted concurrently with the hydrostatic
pressure test and shall be of not less than 2 hours duration . All leaks
evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage eliminated
r regardless of total leakage as shown by test. Lines that fail to meet tests
shall be repaired and re-tested as necessary until satisfactory test
requirements are complied with . Defective materials, pipes , valves and
accessories shall be removed and replaced . The pipe-lines shall be
tested in such sections as may be directed by the Engineer by shutting
valves or installing temporary plugs as required . The line shall be filled
_ with water and all air removed and the test pressure shall be maintained
in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a force pump to be
furnished by the Contractor. Accurate means shall be provided for
measuring the water required to maintain this pressure. The amount of
— water required is a measure of the leakage . Testing shall be in
accordance with the applicable provisions as set forth in Section 13 of
AWWA Standard Specification c-600-99 , or latest revision . The allowable
r
10 - 1
rate of leakage shall be less than the number of gallons per hour
determined by the following formula :
L = ND x ( P)1!2 r
7400
L = allowable leakage in gallons per hour r
N = number of joints in the section tested
r
D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches
P = average test pressure maintained during the leakage test in r
pounds per square inch gauge
D . The Contractor must submit his plan for testing to the Engineer for review
at least five (5) working days before starting the test. The Contractor
shall remove and adequately dispose of all blocking material and
equipment after completion and acceptance of the field hydrostatic test,
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall repair r
any damage to the pipe coating . Lines shall be totally free and clean prior
to final acceptance .
r
E . The Engineer or his representative must be present during testing .
F. If thrust blocks have been approved for use, thrust blocks shall not be r
backfilled until inspected by IRCDUS inspectors .
10.02 ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TESTING FOR POLYETHYLENE ( PE) PIPES
A. At the beginning of the testing period , thoroughly clean all new pipelines
by whatever means necessary, including flushing , to remove all dirt,
stones, pieces of wood , other material that may have entered during the
construction period , and any dirty or discolored water from the lines. If,
after this cleaning , any obstructions remain , they shall be removed . All
debris cleaned from the lines shall be removed from the job site. r
B . All PE water mains shall be field-tested . The Contractor shall supply all
labor, equipment, material , gauges , pumps , meters and incidentals
required for testing . The Contractor shall pressure test each water main
upon completion of the pipe laying and backfilling operations, including
placement of any required temporary roadway surfacing . r
C. All water mains shall be tested to 150 percent of the operating design
highest point along the test section by a recording type pressure gage r
and a copy of the readout shall be submitted to the Engineer upon
completion of the design pressure of the pipe that is 100 psi . The test
pressure shall be measured at the test. All testing shall be conducted in r
the presence of the Engineer or a designated representative .
r
l0 - ?
D . Testing shall be conducted after backfilling has been completed and
before placement of permanent surface.
E . Allowable amount of makeup water for expansion during the pressure test
of the pipe shall conform to Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI ) Handbook of
Polyethylene Pipe ; Inspection , Tests , and Safety Considerations , unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Operating Safety
Considerations, Post Installation , Hydrostatic Testing , Monitored Make-up
Water Test, Table III , is on Pages 24 and 25 of the Handbook.
F . In any test of pipe laid disclosed leakage or significant pressure drop
greater than the allowed , the Contractor shall , at its own expense , locate
and repair the cause of leakage and retest the line . The amount of
leakage that may be permitted shall be in accordance with AWWA
Standard Specifications.
' G . All visible leaks are to be repaired regardless of the amount of leakage.
H . The Contractor must submit his plan for testing to the Engineer-of-Record
" and Utility Inspector for review at least ten ( 10 ) days before starting the
test.
10.03 DISINFECTING POTABLE WATER PIPELINES
A. Before being placed in service, all potable water pipelines shall be
disinfected in accordance with AWWA Standard Specifications C-651 -99 ,
or latest revision . The location of the chlorination and sampling points will
be as shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall uncover and backfill
taps for chlorination and sampling , as required .
B . The general procedure for chlorination shall be first to flush all dirty or
discolored water from the lines, and then introduce chlorine in approved
r dosages in accordance with Table 10- 1 through a tap at one end , while
water is being withdrawn at the other end of the line . The chlorine
solutions shall remain in the pipeline for no less than 24 hours .
r
C . The use of chlorine tablets is strictly prohibited .
D . f=ollowing the chlorination period , all treated water shall be flushed from
the fines at their extremities and replaced with water from the distribution
system . The Contractor's lab shall then make bacteriological sampling
,. and analysis of the replacement water in full accordance with AWWA
Standard Specifications C-651 , or latest revision . The Contractor will be
required to re-chlorinate , if necessary . The line shall not be placed in
service until all the requirements of the State and County Environmental
Health Departments are met.
E . Special disinfecting procedures shall be used in connections to existing
mains where the method outlined above is not practical
10 -
F . The Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary with an
-
independent commercial laboratory approved by the Department of
Environmental Health for the collection and examination of samples of
water from disinfected water mains . Note: The Contractor may not collect
his own samples. These samples shall be examined for compliance with
the Department of Environmental Health 's and Florida Department of
Environmental Protection's requirements . Sampling shall be made daily
and continuously until two successive examinations are found
satisfactory. Should one examination be found unsatisfactory, the line
shall be flushed and disinfected again . PVC Certified copies of all
laboratory analyses shall be provided to the IRCDUS. The cost al all
sampling , flushing and disinfecting shall be included in the contract price .
IRCDUS personnel shall operate all valves and be present to determine
and control the volume of water used for flushing .
TABLE 10 — 1
—
Chlorine Required to Produce a 25-mg/L Concentration in 100ft of Pipe by
Diameter _
1 -percent
Pipe 100-percent Chlorine
Diameter Chlorine Solution
( inches) (pounds) (gallons)
4 0. 013 0 . 16
6 0. 030 0 . 36 —
8 0. 054 0.65
10 0. 085 1 . 02
12 0. 120 1 .44 —
16 0. 217 2 . 60
For Pipes larger than 16-inches in diameter see
AWWA Standard Specifications C-651 -99
10 .04 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
—
A. Leakage test by exfiltration and infiltration , as described below, shall be
made on all pipes .
B . Exfiltration tests shall be made on all pipes after backfilling . All sewers
shall be tested such that water is filled to the rim of the lowest manhole
being tested within each section being tested , as directed by the
IRCDUS. Mechanical plugs shall be used on the gravity sewer system in
such a manner that the air can be released from the sewer while it is
being filled with water. The test shall be continued for one hour and ..
provisions shall be made for measuring the amount of water required to
maintain the water at a constant level during this period . If test results are
unsatisfactory, the Engineer and/or IRCDUS may direct that additional
test be made on any section or the entire pipe .
—
10 - 4
—
' C. If any joint shows an appreciable amount of leakage , the jointing material
shall be removed and joint remade . If any pipe is defective, it shall be
removed and replaced . If the quantity of water required to maintain a
constant level in the sewer for one hour does not exceed 100 gallons per
inch of diameter per day per mile of sewer and if all the leakage is not
confined to a few joints , the workmanship shall be considered
satisfactory. If the amount of leakage indicates defective joints or broken
pipes, the Contractor shall correct them.
D . Pipe shall be tested for infiltration after the backfill has been placed .
Infiltration tests shall be made under the supervision of the Engineer and
IRCDUS. The length of line to be tested shall be as directed by the
Engineer and/or IRCDUS. The allowable infiltration shall be 100 gallons
per inch of diameter per day per mile of sewer.
E . Rate of infiltration shall be determined by means of V-notch weirs , pipe
' spigot or by plugs in the end of the pipe, to be provided and installed by
the Contractor in an approved manner and at such times and locations as
may be directed by the Engineer and/or IRCDUS.
F. In an inspection of the completed sewer or any part thereof shows any
manholes, pipes or joints that allow the infiltration of water in a noticeable
+ stream or jet, the defective work or material shall be replaced or repaired ,
as directed by the Engineer and/or IRCDUS.
,. C . Leakage between two adjacent manholes may be double the amount
above stated , provided the average leakage for a total length of any size
does not exceed the amount first stated and provided there are not
gushing or spurting leaks .
M . All water used in testing and flushing shall be furnished at the
Contractor's expense. The minimum amount of water to be used is two
' (2) times the volume of the pipe .
I . The Contractor may use an air test in lieu of the exfiltration test as
described above . If he elects to do this, he shall submit his proposed
method to the Engineer and/or IRCDUS for approval .
J . If the results of the air test are unsatisfactory, as determined by the
County, the Contractor shall be required to perform the exfiltration test as
outlined above .
s
K. AT the conclusion of the work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean the
entire inside of the pipe by flushing with water or other means to remove
all dirt, stones, and pieces of wood or other material that may have
entered during the construction period . Debris cleaned from the lines
shall be removed from the lowest outlet. If, after this outlet cleaning ,
obstructions remain , they shall be removed . After the pipe is cleaned and
' if the groundwater level is above the pipe, or following a heavy rain , the
IRCDUS will examine the pipe for leaks. If defective pipes or joints are
discovered at this time, the Contractor shall repair them at his expense .
r
10 - 5
L. Upon completion of the work, the sewer system or selected sections
therein shall be subjected to a final test and inspection . All work in the
system or sections therein being tested shall be complete , cleaned and
ready for use . Tests shall be as specified herein and shall meet all
requirements as to line, grade , clean lines, infiltration , exfiltration and
workmanship.
M. Inspection of mains shall be by use of a self-contained television system
and lamping upon satisfactory completion and acceptance of final road
base material . The facilities shall be provided and operated by the
Contractor as specified below:
The Contractor shall provide the IRCDUS with videotape
recordings , on VHS format, of the interior of all main line gravity
sewers and the interior of all sewer laterals . The tapes shall be
contained in an approved cartridge-type container. The tapes
shall be recorded by pulling a television camera through the line
along the axis of the pipe. The television equipment shall consist
of a self-contained camera and a monitoring unit connected by a
coaxial cable. These recordings shall be done during the
inspection of the mains. Monitors shall be available to the
Engineer and Owner during these inspections . Monitors shall also
be provided with a "Polaroid" type camera so that as may be
requested by the Engineer, photographs shall be made of a
particular portion of the main being viewed . The tapes shall be i
properly exposed and the camera shall be in proper focus so that
good , clear recordings showing detail are produced . Tapes shall
be identified by audio recordings noting the manhole numbers , •
distances to service lateral connections, direction of lateral
connection and any leaks , cracks or pipe defects. Each cartridge
shall be clearly marked as to the contents and number, with an
index of all cartridges . Videotapes of the completed mains shall
be delivered to IRCDUS . The Contractor shall provide any
assistance required the IRCDUS or the Engineer of Record . _
END OF SECTION
r
i
•
i
10 - 6
r
r
r
r
r
r
SECTION 11
GENERAL DESIGN DATA
r
SECTION 11 r
GENERAL DESIGN DATA
11 .01 GRAVITY SEWERS
A. A manhole shall be constructed 20 feet upstream of the lift station . There shall
be only one pipe connection from the manhole to the lift station . The pipe r
between the lift station and the manhole shall be SDR-26 or C-900 PVC pipe .
B . All sanitary sewers shall be constructed as required by the IRCDUS. Design to
be done according to Recommended 10 State Standards for Wastewater
Facilities , latest edition , and current regulatory agencies requirements .
C . Gravity sewers shall be designed for estimated peak flow at ultimate
development, which shall be the product of a selected peaking factor and the
projected or known average daily flow at ultimate system development.
D . Projections of average daily flow shall be made using a per capita sewage flow of
100 gallons per day and in accordance with Indian River County ordinances. r
Peak hour (design ) flows shall be estimated using a peaking factor as outlined
within Recommended 10 State Standards for Wastewater Facilities , latest
edition .
r
E . All sewers shall be sized to provide ample capacity for peak design flows . The
minimum allowable pipe size shall be 8-inch for collection lines and 6-inch for
service laterals . Sewers shall be designed at slopes providing minimum
velocities of 2 feet per second when flowing full or half-full , using a Manning 's
Roughness Coefficient (n) of 0. 013 for ductile iron pipe and 0 . 012 for polyvinyl
chloride pipe. In general , the following minimum slopes shall be provided for r
sewer sizes 8-inch to 36-inch or approved by IRCDUS:
Pipe DIP PVC
Diameter (inches) n = 0 .013 n = 0.012
8 0 .40% 0. 34% r
10 0 . 28% 0 . 24%
12 0 . 22% 0. 19%
15 0 . 15% 0 . 13% _
18 0 . 12% 0 . 10%
21 0 . 10% 0 . 09%
24 0 .08% 0. 07%
r
F . Manholes shall be installed at the end of each line , at all changes in grade, size
or alignment, at all junctions (excluding service laterals) and at distances no
greater than 400 feet apart.
G . Sewer laterals shall not be connected directly into manholes unless approved by
IRCDUS. IRCDUS will direct industrial wastewater into manholes on case-by- r
case basis .
r
11 - 1
r
r H . Gravity sewers must be installed in front (under driveway/roadway pavement) of
new buildings and/or under roadway pavement in dedicated Rights-of-Way, all
accessible to maintenance equipment.
I . Gravity Mains shall be installed a minimum of 10 feet from any existing or
proposed structure (walls , trees, transformer pads, etc. ) .
r 11 .02 WASTEWATER PUMPING STATIONS
A. A Remote Telemetry Unit ( RTU ) shall be included in all pump stations that are to
r be dedicated to Indian River County.
B. Wastewater pumping stations shall be designed to peak ultimate development
r flow from all contributory areas , in accordance with the Indian River County
Wastewater Master Plan . Design average daily flow and peak hour flow shall be
as set forth in Section 11 . 01 .
r
C. Design of private lift stations that may be dedicated to the County at a later date
shall meet IRCDUS design standards and shall be approved by IRCDUS. Any
private station that does not meet IRCDUS design standards will not be taken
over by the IRCDUS. Owners of private stations shall sign a form acknowledging
future upgrade requirements if Owner is to dedicate a private station to the
r
IRCDUS at a later date.
D . At least 2 pumps shall be provided for stations handling flows of 700 gallons per
minute (gpm) or less. A minimum of 3 pumps shall be provided in stations where
peak design flow exceeds 700 gpm unless otherwise approved by IRCDUS . In
all cases , standby-pumping capability shall be provided such that if any one
pump is out of service, an alternate unit is available at equal or greater capacity.
r
E. The sewage pump system shall be capable of pumping the design peak flow at
the maximum computed system total dynamic head . Maximum residual head
r within existing force mains shall be obtained and coordinated through IRCDUS .
F. Pumps shall be capable of passing spheres of at least 3-inches in diameter, and
pump suction and discharge piping shall be at least 4-inches in diameter.
Grinder pumps shall be used when riser pipes in wet well are less than 3-inches .
Minimum valve (all types ) size is 4-inches.
r G . Wet wells shall be a minimum of 6-feet in diameter (ID). All wet wells shall be
sized to provide a minimum pump cycle of 15 minutes . Pumps shall be designed
to provide a minimum pump run time equal to half the cycle time. Additionally,
r wet wells shall provide sufficient space for installed equipment and required
suction pipe submergence and spacing . The wet well floor shall have a minimum
slope of one-to-one to the hopper bottom .
r
H . A separate valve vault shall be provided to house the gate valves, check valves
and the emergency pump connection . The vault shall be of sufficient size to
r allow for installation , removal and maintenance of the valves . The top of the
valve vault shall be a minimum of 12-inches above the high water level of the
associated development. The wet well top elevation and the valve vault top
11 - 2
r
r
elevation shall be a minimum of 12-inches above the associated elevations ,.
shown on the FIRM ( Flood Insurance Rate Map) or 12 inches above the 25-year
— 24-hour storm event elevation , whichever is greater.
r
I . In IRCDUS maintained lift station , pumps shall be per the Approved
Manufacturer's Product List. If a grinder pump is proposed , see Approved
Manufacturer's Product List. Only grinder pumps under 10 . 0 hp are permitted _
unless approved by IRCDUS .
J . Lift Station Calculation Checklist (all assumptions shall be listed in calculations
and in an orderly fashion) : r
1 . Design flow
2. Downstream force main size & down stream head pressure (in psi or feet r
of water)
3. TDH of pumps shall exceed system head curve
4 . Pump selection make, model , HP , impeller r
5 . a. Wet well dimensions
b . Operating cycle and draw down time
6 . Buoyant computations Documentation: r
a . Buoyant force
b. Downward force
c. Safety factor _
d . Depth to water table
7. Designer name, date , design firm, Indian River County project number,
project name, designer name of revisions
r
K. Only one influent gravity main is allowed into the lift station . The first upstream
manhole from the lift station must be located within 20 feet +/- 1 -foot of the lift
station and as approved by IRCDUS .
L. The owner of a private lift station must have a maintenance agreement with a
qualified firm (individual) to maintain the lift station . A label must be posted on r
the lift station stating the name and 24-hour phone number of the responsible
firm before lift station may be placed into operation . A copy of a maintenance
contract is to be submitted prior to issuance of the Utility Construction Permit. r
Maintenance contract must be renewed annually with copies of said contract
submitted to IRCDUS. Owners of private lift stations shall submit a letter to
IRCDUS acknowledging that the lift station is substandard to the County
r
Standard lift station .
11 . 03 WATER DISTRIBUTION
r
A. All water mains shall be constructed in accordance with the Indian River County
Water Master Plan , latest edition , or current AWWA Standard Specifications and
current regulatory agencies requirements. r
B . All distribution systems shall be properly looped , where feasible , and valved to
provide maximum flexibility in providing service . r
r
11 - 3
.. C . Design shall be based on an average daily consumption of 100-gallons per
capita per day, a maximum day ( MD) factor of 2 . 25 times average day and a
peak hour factor of 4 . 5 times average day, per Indian River County Ordinance.
D . Distribution systems shall be sized to provide for 100 percent of the combined
required fire flow and maximum day demand rate , while maintaining a 20-psi
_ residual pressure in the distribution system .
E . All water mains shall be designed to provide a minimum pressure of 25-psi at
ground level at all points in the distribution system under all conditions of flow
(except as noted in D above).
F. Dead-end 4-inch water distribution system mains may be used to serve up to 10
r ERU 's, but shall not exceed 300 linear feet and down stream of last Fire Hydrant
Assembly.
+. G . Fire flow requirements shall be as outlined within the Insurance Service Office
( ISO) Fire Flow Requirements.
H . The minimum size main in diameter serving fire hydrants shall not be less than 6-
inches in diameter for residential (single family) areas and 8-inches in diameter
for commercial areas and multifamily residential areas.
` I . Maximum fire hydrant spacing shall not exceed 1000-feet in single-family
residential areas and 600-feet in commercial areas and multiple-family residential
areas. No fire hydrant shall be over 500-feet from a single-family residence,
multifamily residence , or commercial building .
J . All public fire hydrants shall be painted Federal Safety Red . Private fire
r hydrants shall have the body painted red with a white painted bonnet.
K. All fire mains shall be equipped with a detector check valve assembly as shown
.� in IRCDUS Standards Detail W-8.
L . A gate valve must be installed within 20-feet of all fire hydrants on the same
water main as the fire hydrant.
M. It shall be demonstrated that the water distribution system can supply the
required demand rate and fire flow prior to acceptance by IRCDUS, and an on-
site fire flow test shall be conducted by the Indian River County Fire Department
or EMS .
N . Service connections and fittings shall be located outside of pavement, concrete
curb , and/or concrete sidewalk areas unless otherwise approved by the IRCDUS .
O . Water mains and services shall be installed in front easements or in dedicated
Rights-of-Way (not under pavement) accessible to maintenance equipment.
11 .04 EARTHWORK AND BACKFILL
I1 - 4
•
A. Excavation for all utilities and/or house connections shall be adequately guarded
with barricades and lights, so as to protect the public from hazard . Streets ,
sidewalks , driveways, curbs , parkways and other public property disturbed in the
course of the work shall be restored in a manner satisfactory to the IRCDUS •
and/or Public Works .
B . Foundation material used for pipe bedding , from a minimum 6-inch distance
below the pipe invert to the bottom 12-inches above the top of the pipe , shall be
bank run sand and gravel .
C. All gravity sewer installation procedures must be in accordance with pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. All gravity sewers and force mains shall be
installed to have a minimum depth of 36-inches. Installation of gravity sewers
shall be controlled by use of a laser to maintain proper grade. A maximum •
tolerance of %' dip will be accepted in gravity sewer construction. A 2-inch wide
magnetic I . D . tape shall be placed continuously in the trench over all pipes, 12-
inches below grade . •
1 . Trench — Trench width shall be kept to a minimum necessary for
installation of the pipe and shall comply with current OSHA requirements. •
The trench bottom shall be graded uniformly to match the slope of the pipe .
2 . Backfill — Only good quality backfill , free of stones , hardpan materials ,
roots, rocks , broken cement or other debris that might be damaging to the
pipe shall be used . Backfill shall be placed in the trench in uniform lifts of
12-inches .
•
3 . Compaction — All fill must be compacted by hand tamping from under the
pipe us to the center line . Backfill shall be compacted in lifts up to the
surface to achieve a minimum compaction of 98% of maximum density in •
roadways , shoulders, and easements , in accordance with AASHTO
Specifications T-180 and ASTM D-2167 .
•
4 . Dewatering — Construction shall be accomplished in a dry trench . Well
pointing may be required as necessary. All water entering excavations or
other parts of the work shall be contained , collected and pumped to •
suitable places for disposal , as permitted by local and state regulation .
5. Sheeting — Sheeting and shoring shall be installed as may be necessary
for the protection of the work, preservation of adjacent property and •
structures and the safety of employees. Sheeting and backing shall be
uniform to OSHA requirements .
•
D . Installation of force mains (sewer or reused water) shall be in accordance with
latest AWWA Standard Specifications C- 600 and the installation specifications
for water lines in the Water Distribution Section , irrespective of the type of pipe •
selected . A 2-inch wide magnetic I . D . tape and tracer wire shall be placed
continuously in the trench overall pipes per Detail M-14 , 12-inches below grade .
•
1 . Trench — Trench width shall be kept to a minimum necessary for pipe
installation and shall comply with current OSHA requirements . The trench
11 - 5
r
r bottom shall be graded and alignment shall be parallel with roadway,
where possible.
r 2 . Backfill — Only good quality backfill , free of stones , roots , rocks, broken
cement or other material that might be damaging to the pipe shall be used .
Backfill must be put in the trench in lifts .
r
3 . Compaction — All pipe must be compacted by hand tamping to the
centerline, under the pipe. Backfill shall be compacted in lifts up to the
surface to achieve a minimum compaction of 98% of maximum density in
` roadways, shoulders, and easements in accordance with AASHTO
Specifications T- 180 and ASTM D-2167 .
4. Dewatering — Construction shall be accomplished in a dry trench . Well
pointing may be required , as necessary. All water entering excavations or
other parts of the work shall be contained , collected and pumped to
r suitable places for disposal as permitted by the Local , State or Water
Management District.
,. 5 . Sheeting — Sheeting and shoring shall be installed as may be necessary
for the protection of the work, preservation of adjacent property and
structures and the safety of employees . Sheeting and bracing shall be
r uniform to OSHA requirements.
E . Installation of water mains must be in accordance with latest AWWA Standard
Specifications C- 600 Series , irrespective of the type of pipe selected . All
installation procedures must also be in conformance with pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. Minimum depth of cover shall be 36-inches. A 2-inch wide
magnetic I . D . tape shall be placed continuously in the trench over all pipes, 12-
inches below grade. Trace wire shall be wrapped on all pipes , per Detail M-14,
valves, fittings, and all appurtenances. Allowable deflection of the pipe joints and
curvature of PVC pipe shall not exceed the manufacturer's specifications.
r
1 . Trench — Trench width shall be kept to a minimum necessary for pipe
installation and shall comply with current OSHA requirements . The trench
.. bottom shall be graded and alignment shall be parallel with roadway,
where possible.
r
2. Backfill — Only good quality backfill , free of stones , roots , rocks, broken
cement or other material that might be damaging to the pipe shall be used .
Backfill must be put in the trench in lifts .
3 . Compaction — All pipe must be compacted by hand tamping to the
centerline, under the pipe. Backfill shall be compacted in lifts up to the
surface to achieve a minimum compaction of 98% of maximum density in
roadways , shoulders, and easements in accordance with AASHTO
Specifications T- 180 and ASTM D-2167 .
r 4 . Dewatering — Construction shall be accomplished in a dry trench . Well
pointing may be required , as necessary. All water entering excavations or
other parts of the work shall be contained , collected and pumped to
r
11 - 6
r
suitable places for disposal as permitted by the Local , State or Water
Management District.
5 . Sheeting — Sheeting and shoring shall be installed as may be necessary
for the protection of the work, preservation of adjacent property and r
structures and the safety of employees . Sheeting and bracing shall be
uniform to OSHA requirements.
r
11 . 05 RESTRAINED JOINTS
A. Restrained joints shall be used on lines per the Table of the IRCDUS Standards r
Drawing M-3 . Section of piping having restrained joints or those requiring
restrained joints shall be constructed using pipe and fittings with restrained
"Locked-type" joints and the joints shall be capable of holding against withdrawal r
for line pressures up to 150 pounds per square inch (psi ). The pipe fittings shall
be as shown for restrained push-on joints or restrained mechanical joints on
Page 416 in Section VI , in the Hand book of Cast Iron Pipe , 4`" Edition. In all .�
cases, restrained joints must be used per Section C below, with thrust blocks, per
contract drawings.
r
B . Restrained pipe joints that achieve restraint by incorporating cutout sections
installed in the bell of the pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness at the point of
cutout that corresponds with the minimum specified wall thickness for the rest of
r
the pipe .
C. The minimum number of restrained joints required for resisting forces at fittings
and changes in direction of pipe shall be determined from the length of restrained r
pipe on each side of fittings and changes in direction necessary to develop
adequate resisting friction with the soil . Drawing and formula below are provided
for the Contractor as a guideline . r
Where :
r
L = 1 . 5PA( 1 -COS X)
fw
r
L = Length of pipe on each side of fittings or change in direction
P = 150 psi , unless otherwise noted
A = Cross-sectional area in square inches based on outside diameter
(O. D . ) of pipe
r
X = Angle of bend or change in direction in degrees
f = Coefficient of friction = 0 .4 (maximum)
r
W = W (earth) + W (pipe) + W (water in pipe) W (earth)
_ (density of soil') (depth of cover in feet) (O. D . in feet)
r
Maximum 12-lbs/cubic ft above maximum water table elevation
r
11 - 7
�. and 60-lbs/cubic ft below maximum water table
D . Bolts and nuts for restrained joints shall be A-53 stainless steel , low alloy, high
r strength steel .
E . The Contractor shall also provide restrained joints in accordance with the above
r
criteria wherever below ground fittings are on lines 12-inches in diameter or less .
11 . 06 HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
A. All water and/or sewer utilities shall be located a minimum horizontal separation
equal to the depth of the pipe plus the diameter of the pipe from any permanent
above ground structures (i .e . , walls , trees , transformer pads, etc. ) .
B . A minimum 4-feet separation is required between water/sewer utilities and other
underground utilities such as telephone, gas, cable , irrigation , etc.
C. All water and/or sewer utilities shall be located a minimum horizontal separation
equal to 2 times the depth of the pipe plus the diameter of the pipe from the top
.. of bank of any bodies of water (I . e. , storm water ponds , canals, etc. ).
D . All water mains shall be located a minimum horizontal separation of 3 ft. from
storm sewer, stormwater force main or reclaimed water main .
E . All water mains shall be located a minimum horizontal separation of 3 ft. , with 10
ft. preferred , from vacuum sanitary sewer mains.
F . All water mains shall be located a minimum horizontal separation of 6 ft. , with 10
ft. preferred , from gravity or pressure sanitary sewer, sanitary sewer force main
or reclaimed water main .
11 .07 VERTICAL SEPARATION
A. Maintain 18" vertical clearance between any water/sewer utility and any other
underground utilities such as telephone , gas , cable , irrigation , etc.
B . All water mains shall maintain a minimum 6" vertical clearance between storm
sewer, vacuum sewer system and gravity sewer with 12" vertical clearance
preferred . A 12" vertical clearance shall be maintained between all water mains
and pressure sewer systems , stormwater force mains and reclaimed water
mains.
i
END OF SECTION
•
r
11 - 8
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
i
i
i
r
r
r
r
r
SECTION 12
i PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTAL, PERMITTING, CONSTRUCTION,
AND ACCEPTANCE OF PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
i
i
r
r
r
r
SECTION 12 r
PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTAL, PERMITTING, CONSTRUCTION ,
AND ACCEPTANCE OF PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
12.01 SUBMITTAL
r
A. The applicant shall submit the following items for a project to be considered
for a utility construction permit:
1 . Completed Utility permit application , copy of Department of
Environmental Protection ( FDEP) permit applications if applicable,
copy of Department of Transportation (FDOT) permit application ,
Indian River County Right-of-Way permit, legal description , and
applicable fees. Prior to the issuance of utility permit, applicant shall
provide proof of all fee payment (i . e . capacity charges . Line extension
fee , etc) r
2. Three (3) sets of 24°x36" construction plans , signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida shall be r
submitted with application . Plans shall include a plan view of the
water and/or wastewater systems with all elevations and inverts ,
sewer profiles (gravity and force mains), all appropriate details , a r
drainage plan with all elevations and inverts , and water line profiles
where the water main crosses other utilities and as requested by
IRCDUS . Water lines shall be stationed on the plans. All existing and
proposed rights-of-ways , easements, and property lines shall be r
shown. Also, an accurate location map is to be provided . The limits
of proposed dedication of the system(s) to Indian River County shall
be specified on the plans .
3 . A complete engineer's design report, signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida , setting forth r
the basis of design , shall contain the following , as a minimum :
a . Water distribution system : .,
( 1 ) Description of geographic area to be served .
(2) Existing and predicted population of areas to be
served . _
(3 ) The effect of the proposed water distribution system on
existing or proposed water distribution facilities .
(4) The estimated daily flow.
(5) Fire flow calculations for all hydrants being fed by lines
smaller than 8" , or as required by IRCDUS .
(6 ) Description of materials to be used .
(7) A preliminary cost estimate .
(8) Any other factors which would affect design and use of
the water distribution system.
r
b . Gravity sewer system :
( 1 ) Description of geographic area to be served .
12- 1
.. (2) Existing and predicted population of areas to be
served .
(3) The effect of the proposed gravity sewer collection
system on existing and proposed gravity sewer
collection systems or pumping stations and force
mains . Pump stations shall be modeled , and all in-line
r pumping stations and force mains receiving these
additional flows shall be considered .
C. The effect of the proposed gravity sewer collection system on
the wastewater treatment plant receiving the flows .
( 1 ) The estimated daily flow.
(2) Description of materials to be used .
(3) A preliminary cost estimate .
(4) Any other factors which would affect design and use of
the sewage system.
d . Pumping station and force main system:
( 1 ) Description of geographical area to be served .
(2) Existing and predicted population of area to be served .
(3) Calculations for projected flows , wet well sizing , pump
sizing and selection , force main sizing , and buoyancy.
(4) The effect of the proposed pumping station and force
r main system on existing or proposed pumping station
and force main systems or gravity sewer systems
receiving these additional flows . Pump stations shall
be hydraulically modeled , along with all in-line pumping
stations and force mains .
(5) The effects of the proposed pumping station and force
main systems on the wastewater treatment plant
receiving these flows.
(6) Description of materials to be used .
r (7) A preliminary cost estimate.
(8) Any other factor which would affect design and use of
the pumping station and force main system .
4 . A review fee, as set forth in the current rate schedule . This fee shall
cover review of a water system , a sewer system , or both , if submitted
r
at the same time .
5 . One original signed and sealed Department of Environmental
_ Protection permit application for IRCDUS records .
12 .02 CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
A. Prior to permit issuance and scheduling of a pre-construction meeting , three
(3 ) sets of construction plans and specifications shall be submitted , signed
and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida , to
.. be approved , stamped , and signed by IRCDUS . One ( 1 ) set shall be retained
for IRCDUS records, one ( 1 ) set shall be delivered to the IRCDUS inspector,
and one ( 1 ) set shall be returned to the Engineer of Record .
12-2
B . The Utility Construction Permit shall be valid for a period of one year from the
date of issuance. If construction has not commenced within this time , a new
utility construction permit with fee shall be submitted .
C . Payment of fee shall not constitute automatic approval of original plans .
D . The utility construction permit does not constitute a permit for operation .
E . Construction shall not begin until a copy of the Indian River County and all
State and local permits that are required have been received for any
construction in the right-of-way.
12.03 CONSTRUCTION
A. The Engineer of Record shall have a pre-construction meeting with IRCDUS
a minimum of five working days before beginning construction , whereupon .,
construction plans shall be reviewed , and a minimum of three (3) sets of shop
drawings shall be provided . One ( 1 ) set to Indian River County Utilities
Department, one ( 1 ) set to the IRCDUS inspector and the remaining sets to
the Engineer of Record . No appurtenances shall be installed until approved
by IRCDUS.
B. The Contractor and Engineer of Record shall notify IRCDUS a minimum of 48
hours prior to beginning construction or performing any system tests .
C. The water distribution system shall be constructed , flushed , disinfected , and
tested in accordance with FDEP and IRCDUS Specifications .
D . All equipment, materials , and workmanship shall meet or exceed all current r+
Indian River County Water and Wastewater Utility Standards and shall be
subject to the unconditional inspection and approval of IRCDUS .
r
E . The Engineer of Record shall have an on-site inspector (representative ) who
shall witness and document all materials used , installation procedures,
problems encountered , and witness and certify all tests specified by the
operation permit checklists . Daily construction reports shall be submitted
monthly to IRCDUS , and no later than seven days after completion of the
construction . Indian River County has unconditional rights to inspect the
construction and materials at any time .
F. Where water outages will occur, a minimum of five (5) working days notice to
IRCDUS and the public is required . The IRCDUS water plant operator shall
be notified a minimum of five (5) working days prior to flushing of lines. A five
(5) working days notice is required for access to private property.
G . The Property Owner, Developer, engineering firm , and Contractor shall hold
Indian River County harmless in any suits , claims , and/or liabilities arising
from subject construction. r
r
12-3
r
�,. H . All connections to the IRCDUS water system shall be made in the presence
of IRCDUS inspectors . IRCDUS personnel for the purpose of flushing ,
testing , and putting the system on line shall operate all valves on the IRCDUS
r systems.
12.04 ACCEPTANCE
r A. No system shall be cleared for use by IRCDUS until all requirements of the
operation permit checklist have been satisfied and approved by IRCDUS. See
Part IV of these Standards for the requirements for IRCDUS Utility Construction
Check Lists for Potable Water Distribution System and Wastewater
Collection/Distribution System.
END OF SECTION
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
12-4
r
I 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 i 1 1 i 1 1 1 i 1
r
i
i
i
i
i
r
SECTION 13
r
WATER AND SEWER TREATMENT PLANTS
r
do
r
r
r
..
r
r
a
i
r
i
+ SECTION 13
WATER AND SEWER TREATMENT PLANTS
13 .01 GENERAL
+ This section sets forth the general requirements for design and installation of
sewer and water treatment plants to be constructed within the County.
_ 13.02 DESIGN STANDARDS
Required Reference: Facilities shall comply with the design and installation
requirements as established by the Florida Department of Environmental
. Protection and additional specific requirements stated in these standards .
The criteria set forth in the 'Ten State Standards-Recommended Standards
for Water Works", latest edition , should be used as a design guide for water
treatment facilities. The criteria set forth in the "Ten State Standards-
Recommended Standards for Wastewater Facilities", latest edition , shall be
used as a design guide for sewage treatment facilities.
13.03 STANDARD REQUIREMENTS
A. Building and Structure Sites
+
1 . Clearing — Clear and remove obstructions within building sites only as
required to provide adequate workspace and/or accomplish the
specified construction . The removal of trees or permanent structures
within the specified construction areas shall be done only as
approved or directed by the County. Should the removal of valuable
trees or shrubs be required , this work shall be done in cooperation
+ with the local communities , in which the work takes place, in order
that they may be replanted , if so desired . At sites of new structures ,
remove only such trees and shrubs as are necessary to facilitate the
work and protect trees to remain against damage during construction
period .
2 Grubbing — Grubbing shall be performed where required , including ,
+ but not limited to , areas where fill will be placed , structures erected ,
or where other installation is required . It shall include the complete
removal of all obstructions resting on or protruding through the
surface of the existing ground to a depth of three feet below finished
grade. Where excavation is done , all stumps , roots and deleterious
material thereby exposed shall be removed to a depth of three feet
+ minimum below the excavated surface.
3 . Disposal of Cleared and Grubbed Material — All refuse from clearing
and grubbing operations shall be disposed of either by burning or
removal to a dump area approved by the County. Burning shall be
done at locations , and at times as directed , in a manner that will avoid
all hazards . Permit(s ) shall be obtained from all applicable authorities
.. for burning and burning shall be kept under constant attendance until
the fires have burned out or have been extinguished . Burning
operations shall be done in compliance with all applicable regulations .
.r
13- 1
+
4 . Unsuitable Material — All muck or other unsuitable material within the
limits of building sites , or other designated areas , shall be excavated
and removed . Depth of removal shall be that required to reach an
approved suitable material . Removal and subsequent backfilling
shall be maintained within the limits of the designated construction
area unless specifically approved otherwise by the County. Sheeting
shall be installed and left in place along the site boundary, where
required , in order to preclude infringement on adjacent property and
prevent damage by future de-mucking . The Contractor shall dispose
of muck or other unsuitable material . The cost of disposal shall be
borne by the contractor
5. Fill — Suitable fill material shall be placed and compacted where muck
or other unsuitable material has been removed and as required to
elevate the site to finished grade. Fill material shall conform to U .S .
Bureau of Public Roads , Classification A-3 , and as approved by a
testing laboratory and the Public Works Division . Fill shall be placed
in successive layers of not more than 12 inches, loose measure , and
suitably compacted to 95% minimum of maximum density, as
determined by AASHTO Specifications T-180 , unless higher
percentage is necessary in specific locations. Side slopes shall not
exceed 2 .5 (horizontal ) to 1 (vertical ), unless specifically approved
otherwise , and shall be protected from erosion by staggered solid .
grass sodding , or other approved method . An approved , Florida
State Certified testing laboratory shall make density tests for
determination of the specified compaction . r
6 . Grading — All building sites shall be properly graded , including all
cutting and filling necessary for the construction . Finish building site
elevations shall be as required to preclude flooding and shall receive
prior approval from the County. Filling shall be accomplished , if
necessary , to provide acceptable site elevations . Finish surface
grades shall eliminate potholes , abrupt changes in grade and bring
the ground to an even surface , and shall provide adequate drainage
for the complete site , with special consideration for the following . The
grade shall be sloped evenly to provide drainage away from the
building walls in all directions at '/4 inch per foot minimum for at least
10 feet from the building walls . Drainage swales shall have a
minimum flow-line grade of not less than 1 /8 inch per foot. Rounding
shall be provided at top and bottom of banks and at other breaks in
grade .
7 . Asphaltic Concrete Pavement — Driveways , parking locations and
other vehicular traffic areas at building sites shall be paved with an
asphaltic concrete surface course . The dimensions for said surfacing
shall be in accordance with good engineering practice and suitable
for the designated service . Roadbed stabilization shall be 6-inch
minimum below the base course and shall have a minimum Florida
Bearing Value of 50 pounds per square inch . Base course shall be
limerock or soil-cement, placed to 6-inch minimum thickness . Prime
coat shall be rapid curing cutback asphalt RC-70 , applied at the rate
13-2
•
` of 0. 10 gallon per square yard . Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course
shall be 1 -inch minimum thickness , Type II .
• 8 . Concrete Walks — In order to provide an all-weather surface for foot-
traffic ways , concrete walks shall be provided between points of
frequent travel . Walks shall be minimum 4 feet wide by 4 inches
• thick, with concrete construction in accordance with the standards
specified under Section 13.03.6 .3. The base material shall be
thoroughly compacted to 95% of maximum density per AASHTO
Specification T-180. Walks shall be provided with expansion joints at
` structures and/or intervals not exceeding 18 feet, with dummy groove
joints at 6-feet intervals. A broom finish shall be provided .
• 9. Fencing
a . General — All building sites shall be totally enclosed by
protective fencing , unless specifically excluded from this
requirement by the County. Said fence shall consist of 6-foot
high chain link fabric. Fence shall be fabricated and installed
in accordance with good standard practices and shall be
complete, including top rail ; stretcher bars and clips ; all end ,
corner, pull and gate posts; post braces; ornamental post
tops ; and other necessary items . The fence shall include a
• minimal of one gate opening 12 feet in width , consisting of
two 6-feet wide locking , 180 degree , swing gates , with total
height equal to the fence (6 feet).
•
b. Materials — Fencing shall be fabricated in compliance with the
following minimum material standards:
• Chain Link Fabric — 2" mesh woven from 9 gage steel wire.
End , Corner and Pull posts — 2-%=" Schedule 40 steel pipe.
•
Gate Posts — 6" maximum width : 2--Yz" Schedule 40 steel
pipe ; and , 6' to 12' width ; 3-1/2" Schedule 40 steel pipe .
` Gate Frames and Intermediate Posts — 1 .875" outside
diameter (O . D . ), 2. 71 pounds per foot (Lb ./Ft. ) steel tube.
• Post Braces and Top Rails — 1 .625" O . D . , 2 . 27 Lb./Ft. steel
tube .
Accessories — Steel .
Coatings — Hot dip galvanized with 1 . 2 ounces of zinc per
• square foot, applied after weaving for fabric and following
fabrication for all other ferrous metal items .
Concrete — 2 , 500 pounds per square inch compressive
• strength .
•
13-3
•
C. Installation — The fencing shall be installed to proper grade,
alignment and plumb, with corner posts and bracing provided
at all angles in alignment. Posts shall be set 3 feet deep in
concrete footings : 1 '-4" diameter for line posts : and , 2'-0"
diameter for gate and comer posts .
10. Landscaping and Grassing .,
a . General — Building sites shall be suitably landscaped in order
to be harmonious with the existing or projected adjacent
development, provide screening plants and , in general ,
present a pleasing appearance . Plants shall equal or exceed
Standards for Florida No. 1 , as given in "Grades and
Standards for Nursery Plants," Part 1 ( 1963) and Part 11 , State
of Florida Department of Agriculture. The landscaper shall
install the approved planting (grass, trees and shrubbery) in
accordance with Indian River County Code Type A buffer and
maintain said items until hardy growth has been established .
1 Landscaping — The Contractor shall provide the County
with landscaping plans for approval prior to installation .
Said plan shall be prepared by an experienced
landscaping company and shall include only such plants
which are established for the area of construction and
which require minimal maintenance.
2 Grassing — The Contractor shall place solid sod , where .,
not covered by structures or surfacing , over the total area
of small facility sites (pumping stations, etc. ) and over the
prime area of large sites (Treatment Facilities ), with
additional placement, as required for erosion control .
Where not solid-sodded , balance of the site area shall be
totally grassed by plugging . Unless approved otherwise
by the IRCDUS , the grass shall be Argentine Bahia . Sod
and plugs shall be fresh and uninjured to time of
installation , and sod shall be clean , have a well-matted
root system , and have a minimum thickness of 2 inches .
b . Buildings and Structures
1 . Excavation and Fill
Excavation shall not proceed until building lines have been
surveyed and staked . The Contractor shall remove and
dispose of all unwanted material , supply all fill material , and
install all dewatering facilities, shoring and/or bracing needed .
Bearing capacity of surfaces in excavations or on compacted
fill shall be adequate to support the building or structure to be
placed thereon . County shall require testing by an
independent testing laboratory to verify adequacy of the
foundation design and/or to require special foundation
r
13-4
f
features , such as larger footings , piles , increased
compactions , etc.
.. Fill and backfill shall be compacted to 95% of maximum
density at optimum moisture , as determined by ASTM D-
1557, Method D , or AASHTO Specification Method T-180.
Building site shall be kept clear of rubble and any material ,
which may be hazardous to persons or impede construction
progress.
2. Soil Treatment — Termite Control
.. When structures are to be constructed of, or are to contain ,
any wood or wood products , soil treatment shall be required
for termite control .
Chemicals shall be one of the following water-based
emulsions, uniform in composition , containing a dye that will
be readily seen to the naked eye after application to the soil ,
and containing in concentration by weight:
a . Dieldrin , 0 .5 percent
b. Aldrin , 0 .5 percent
C. Heptochlor, 0. 5 percent
d . Or equal
Application of chemical selected shall be made to all areas
along foundation walls , around piers and under all concrete
slabs at the following rates:
i
a . Foundation walls and piers , all sides — 4 gallons per
10 linear feet, mixed with backfill , to a depth of ( 1 ) foot
below finished grade for concrete; for masonry ,
increase application rate proportionately by depth of
foundation or piers .
b. Within voids of masonry foundation walls or piers ,
apply to void at or near bottom of foundation at rate of
2 gallons for each 10 linear feet.
C. Under all concrete slabs less than 6 feet below finish
�. grade — ( 1 ) gallon per 10 square feet.
3. Concrete Work
r
Design , material , workmanship and practices shall conform to
American Concrete Institute Manual of Standard Practice
(ACI 315) and the Code of Standard Practice of the Concrete
Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI ) .
Field and laboratory tests shall be conducted by independent
r testing laboratory on structural concrete pours for buildings to
ascertain that concrete design slumps and strengths are
attained .
13-5
a
r
Applicable standards shall include latest editions of the
following :
a . Southern Standard Building Code
b. Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
— ACI 318
C. Concrete proportions and placing — ACI 211 . 1 and
ACI 301
d . Concrete design for sanitary engineering structures —
ACI Committee 350 Report 68-50
e. Formwork — ACI 347
f. Reinforcing bars — ASTM A-615, Grade 60
g . Stirrups and ties — ASTM A-615, Grade 40
h . Welded wire fabric — ASTM A-185
L Cement for concrete not exposed to sewage — ASTM
C- 150 , Type I ..
j . Cement for concrete exposed to sewage — ASTM C-
150, Type II , or ASTM C- 150, Type I , with sulfate
resistant properties equal to Type II if Type II is not
available and the design engineer affirms the
acceptability of Type I
k . Watertight and chemical resistant concrete — ACI 614
I . Aggregate — ASTM C-33 , salt free
M . Water — potable (free from oil , alkali , acid , salt,
organic matter, etc. )
n . Ready-mix — ASTM C-94
o . Slump test — ASTM C-143
P . Compression Test — ASTM C-39 , at cylinder ages of 7
days , 28 days and finally, if indicated and directed by
design engineer, at extended time period , not to `
exceed 45 days
q . Test Cylinders-ASTM C-31 minimum of 3 per 50 c.y.
of pour or fraction thereof.
Water stops and vapor barriers shall be provided as follows:
r
a . Water stops shall be installed at all construction joints
in concrete structures retaining liquid and at all
construction joints at or below ground level in
concrete structures required to remain dry.
b. Damp check or waterproof membranes shall be
installed under and around all concrete slabs to be
placed against soil , with joints lapped a minimum of 6
inches .
4 . Masonry Work =
Concrete masonry units shall be of a modular design and
conform to ASTM C-90, Grade U- 1 .
r
i
13-6
r
+
"' Brick masonry units shall be clay and conform to ASTM C-
216 , Grade SW for below groundwork and grade MW for the
above groundwork.
Reinforcement of all masonry unit walls shall be provided at
alternate courses with "Dur-O-Wall , " "Wal-lock ," "Block-Lok"
+ or approved equal .
Anchors and ties shall be of ferrous metal , with zinc coating
conforming to ASTM A-153, Class B-11 B-2 , or B-3 , as
appropriate, and as follows :
a . Rigid steel : 1 " x '/." x 24" , with ends turned down 3" .
.. b. Wire mesh : 16 gage , ''/2-inch mesh , 3" x 16"
C. Veneer ties: No 6 W & M gage wire bent 90 degrees
to form 2-inch hook for mortar embedment, or 22 U . S .
gage corrugated sheet metal .
d . Spacing of ties shall be such that each tie shall not
support more than 3 square feet of wall area with
vertical spacing not more than 24" , and with additional
ties at wall openings.
Mortar shall conform to ASTM C-270 (except that slag
,. cements shall not be used ), Type M or S . Type N may be
used for non-bearing interior walls and partitions above
grade .
5. Waterproofing
Waterproofing shall be provided in two (2 ) coats on all
+ exterior surfaces of subgrade concrete or masonry walls , with
outside lap of vapor barriers, damp checks or waterproof
membranes thoroughly sealed into the sidewall waterproofing
+ material .
Waterproofing material shall be an asphalt base coating
applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations
+ — Tnemec Co. No. 461 , " Foundation Coating" (black) or
approved equal .
+ Minimum film thickness (dry) after application shall be 8. 0
mils for first coat, 6 .0 mils for second coat.
6 . Architecture and Wall Finishes
Complete architecture plans and specifications for building
shall be submitted for approval by the County prior to
" construction . In no case shall a structure be planned or
designed without regard to aesthetic appearance and
maintenance costs .
+
13-7
r
Exterior wall finishes for permanent above-grade buildings or
structures shall comply with one or more of the following
selection of materials:
a . Stucco/stucco brick
b. Rubbed concrete
C. Brick , over masonry or sturdy wood frame
d . Stone aggregate on masonry
e . Stone
f, Asbestos-cement on masonry substrate
7 . Metal Fabrications
Steel or other ferrous materials shall conform to the following :
a . Structural shapes and plates — ASTM A-36
b . Pipe — ASTM A-53
C. Bolts, machine — ASTM A-307
d . Bolts, high tensile — ASTM A-325
e . Galvanizing — ASTM A- 123 or A-153, as applicable
f. Iron castings — ASTM A-48, Class 25
g . Abrasive cast iron (nosings ) — American Abrasive
Metals Co. "Feralun ," or approved equal .
h . Cast steel — ASTM A-27 , Grade N2
i . Stainless steel — Type 304 , unless otherwise required .
or specified
j . Fabrication and erection — AISC Manual of Steel
Construction .
Aluminum materials shall conform to the following :
a . Rolled shapes, smooth or checkered plates and
extruded pipe — ALCOA 6061 -T6 or approved equal
b . Other extruded shapes — ALCOA 6063-T5 or
approved equal
G. Sheets -- ALCOA 3003 or approved equal
d . Pipe hand railing — ASTM B-429
8, Windows
Natural light is preferred for all buildings, and use of common
sizes , spaced for adequate natural lighting of interiors is
encouraged .
Windows and frames shall conform to quality standards ANSI ..
A-34 and AAMS 30 for high performance series .
Frames shall be basic aluminum 6063-T5 with fasteners of
aluminum or stainless steel .
Plate glass shall be a minimum thickness of 7/32" and set in
vinyl glazing material .
13-8
a
All windows shall be sealed all around , both sides, with a non-
shrink silicone-base caulk.
a 9 . Metal Doors and Frames
Door frames shall be a combination buck and frame type, with
a adjustable anchors for masonry applications. Frames shall
be filled with sand-cement grout when installed .
Doors shall be constructed of honeycomb material with metal
laminated facing . Minimum door thickness is 1 3/". Height is
61-81t.
., All doors and frames shall be mortised and reinforced to
receive hardware. Non-ferrous metal should be used at all
areas exposed to corrosive atmosphere.
a All door frames shall be sealed all around , both sides , with a
non-shrink silicone base caulk.
a 10 . Finish Hardware
Hardware shall be heavy-duty type with non-magnetic
,. accessories and compatible with door and frame materials .
Panic exit devices shall be provided in all areas of corrosive
or hazardous atmosphere that may be encountered by
a occupants .
Finish hardware shall include :
a
a . Locksets — cylinder type with dead latch , suitable for
master keying
b. Butt hinges — 1 %2 pairs per door, ball bearing type
preferred
C. Door closers , holders and silencers
d . Thresholds — aluminum
e. Flush bolts
f. Panic exit devices , as indicated
.. 11 . Carpentry
All carpentry components shall be of high quality, with
galvanized fasteners and treated wood where in contact with
all masonry, metal or exposed to weather.
Rough Carpentry of construction grade lumber shall conform
to standards as follows :
a . National Lumber Association — Specification for stress
r grade lumber and its fasteners
b . American Institute of Timber Construction - Uniform
Specifications
a
13-9
a
r
c. Truss Plate Institute Specifications r
Finish carpentry or millwork shall be of "B" or better yard
grade seasoned lumber, conforming to applicable r
requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Institute .
Shelving , cabinet doors, tops and ends shall be a minimum of
3/I' plywood with all exposed edges trimmed with hardwood . ..
Joints shall be tight and formed to conceal shrinkage.
12. Roofing _
Moisture controls methods and materials for roofing shall be
similar to Johns-Manville or Bird Specifications or approved
equal for built-up and shingle roofs. +
Flat roofs shall have a minimum slope of 1 /16" per foot, with
5-ply built-up roofing meeting the requirements for a 20-year
bond . All built-up roofs on concrete slabs or metal decking
shall be applied to V rigid insulation board .
Pitched shingle roofs shall have a minimum pitch of 3-%2" r
vertical to 12" horizontal , with seal-down type asphalt or
fiberglass shingles at 300 Ib. per square on two (2) layers of
15 Ib. underlayment, meeting requirements for a minimum of r
15 years' warranty.
Fascia , gravel stops and soffits shall be of low maintenance
materials, architectural metal or masonry preferred .
Flashing and trim shall be either galvanized steel , 24 gage
minimum thickness , conforming to Fed . Spec. QQ-S775,
Type 1 , Class C or aluminum 0 . 019" minimum thickness.
Gutters and downspouts shall be provided on all permanent r
buildings. Screen protection from debris and concrete splash
blocks are required for all downspouts. Materials shall be as
follows: _
a . Gutters — 24 gage galvanized steel or 0 .032"
anodized aluminum
r
b . Downspouts — 26 gage galvanized steel or 0 .025"
anodized aluminum
r
C. Hanger straps — same material as gutters , as S4- on
centers, with blocking behind downspouts
13. Specialties and Accessories
Stairs shall be of reinforced concrete or all-welded structural
aluminum . Nosing and treads shall be non-skid . Tread r
widths and riser heights shall conform to applicable codes
r
13- 10
i
wherever possible. The use of ship-ladders or vertical
ladders is discouraged .
i Handrails shall be of all-welded 1 %' O .D . aluminum pipe, 42"
high with intermediate rails. Rail post spacing shall not
exceed 8'-0". Kick plates shall be used on all areas above the
r first floor.
Grating and checkered plate shall be of aluminum (preferred )
or galvanized steel , and designed to carry a uniform live load
i of 200 lbs. per sq . ft. with a safety factor of 5, based on
ultimate strength . Reinforcing shall be utilized to preclude
deflections greater than 11160 of span . All grating and plates
i shall have non-skid surface(s ).
Plumbing fixtures shall include, but not necessarily be limited
to water closets and lavatories. IRCDUS may require shower,
i water heater and drinking fountain at larger facilities.
Appropriate toilet partitions and stainless steel accessories
shall be provided as indicated. Provide handicap facilities as
required .
Fire extinguishers shall be 10 Ib . Type ABC rechargeable
units, provided and spaced as applicable in all buildings and
structures.
Other safety equipment shall be provided wherever
i hazardous materials or equipment are utilizes , such as
eyewash fountains , gas masks, emergency lighting , etc.
+ 13 .04 PAINTING
General
This section includes the general requirements for painting
materials and workmanship, as applicable to all sewer and
water facilities.
r
Painting materials shall be delivered to the work site in the
original and unbroken containers , marked with the
manufacturer name, type of material and analysis of the
product , and stored at one location . Special care shall be
exercised in the handling and maintenance of painting
i materials , and all applicable safety regulations shall be
followed .
1 . Painting System Schedule shall be included in the project
" specifications for specific facility items and surfaces. Said
schedule shall include , but not be limited to, the specific
surface to be coated and specified painting system , with
.. minimum dry mil thickness per coat required .
r
13- 11
i
a . Materials
All paints and painting materials shall be high-grade products
of manufacturers of established reputation and shall be i
"Approved" for the intended use.
To ensure a satisfactory end product, it is essential that paint i
coats be mutually compatible; both shop and field
applications. To this end , insofar as possible , all paints
applied to a given surface shall be the product of a single
manufacturer.
The paint material set forth in Subsection B . 3 .4 , " Paint
Schedule ," shall be the minimum acceptable type for the r
application indicated .
b. Application i
The Builder shall do a complete painting job throughout the
project in accordance with generally approved modem
practice for work of high quality. Additionally, surface
preparation and application shall be in strict compliance with
the manufacturer's recommendations, and paint shall not be
extended or modified . i
Factory finish coatings shall be inspected following installation
and any mars or blemishes shall be touched up in the field
with the original color and type of paint.
C, Painting Requirements _
Table I , 'Paint Schedule," attached hereto, specifies in
general the surfaces to be painted ; service conditions for the
indicated surfaces ; finish paint coating for the specific surface ..
and service condition ; and other special requirements . The
total painting system (surface treatment, primer, finish coat
and other necessary applications) and minimum dry mil i
thickness per coat required to achieve the specified finish for
the specific surface and service condition shall be in strict
compliance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations .
r
For convenience of description and as a standard for a quality
comparative reference , the "Paint Schedule" indicates the
finish coating by name, number, or both , for products i
manufactured by Tnemec Company, Inc. or an approved
equal , for the subject manufacturer, and approved equal
products are acceptable . i
In addition to the data contained herein , painting for water
storage tanks shall comply with AWWA Standard
Specifications ® 102-97, or latest revision , "Coatings for Steel
Water Storage Tanks ."
13- 12
Unless specifically indicated under "Pipe Color Code", the
color for surfaces to be painted shall be as selected by the
IRCDUS and in compliance with OSHA regulation . The finish
�. paint color for exposed sewerage and water facilities piping
shall be as follows for the specified service :
Pipe Color Code:
Sewage—Gray (Solid )
Sludge—Brown (Solid )
Potable Water—Blue (Solid )
Raw Water (water facilities �—Blue (with 2-inch bright orange
bands spaced 24 inches apart)
.r Reuse-Pantone Purple
Brine-Orange
Non-Potable Water (Plant)--(Bright Orange (Solid )
Gas or Fuel Oil—Red (Solid )
Compressed Air—Green (Solid )
Chlorine Gas—Yellow (Solid )
Chlorine or other chemical solutions--Yellow (with 24 inch
red bands spaced 24 inches apart)
Other Services—As directed by the County
Note : Banding shall be accomplished by painting or
,. approved durable plastic adhesive tape .
Surfaces which shall not require painting (unless service color
coding , or other specific coatings are required ) , are as
follows : exterior piping , below ground ; factory finished
equipment; galvanized fencing ; stainless steel ; aluminum and
brass ; plastic or rubber; concrete floors and stair treads ;
interior of concrete below grade dry pits ; and exterior
concrete surfaces (as specifically approved ).
Mill
TABLE11
PAINT SCHEDULE
Surface to be Painted I Service Condition_s___________T Finish Paint Coating
General Application
Masonry & Concrete (Walls & Interior Above Grade — Normal Conditions Series 6 or 7
Ceilings )
Masonry & Concrete (Building & Exterior Above Grade — Normal Conditions Series 6 or Series 156/157
Tanks
Wood Interior — Normal Conditions Ponkote 300 Enamel Primer Series 36-601
Exterior — Normal Conditions Finish Series 23 or 23 HG
Metal (Machinery, Piping, Systems, Interior — Normal Conditions — Nonsubmerged Primer 50 — 330
etc.
r Exterior — Normal Conditions — Nonsubmerged Finish Interior Series 66
Finish Exterior Series 73
Metal (Machinery, Piping , Systems, Severe Moisture & Condensations Conditions Primer Series 50-330
etc. _
r _ Nonsubmerged Finish Series 73 _
Metal — Large Areas (Tank Surfaces , Exterior — Moderate to Normal Conditions — Primer - Series 66-1211
Structural Steel , etc- ) Nonsubmerged Interior Series 66 — Finish
Series 73
13- 13
r
WA
Sewerage Facilities
Concrete (Wet Wells, Tanks, Submerged or Severe Conditions ------ Calor - Series 46-413 Coal Tar
Channels, etc.) Fti ortex 3324 Enamel 104------Series 104
Metal (Equipment, Piping Systems, Submerged, or Intermittently Submerged, or Primer Series 661211—
Tanks, etc. ) Extreme Conditions Finish 46.413 (2 coats, 6
mil. ea. }-46H ( 1 coat, 16
_mil.
Metal (moving Parts - Chains, Gates, Submerged or Intermittently Submerged Grease Coating
etc. )
Water Facilities
Concrete (Tanks, Troughs, Basins, Submerged , or Intermittently Submerged Primer Series 20-1255,
etc. ) Beige 3-5 mil - Filler
Series 63 - 1500, as
applicable -Finish Series
20-61382, 4-6 mils
Metal (Tanks , Piping Systems. Submerged, or Intermittently Submerged Primer Series 20- 1255,
Equipment) Beige 3-5 mil - Filler
Series 63 - 1500, as
applicable -Finish Series
20-BB62, 4-6 mils
Special Notes:
1 . All galvanized or other nonferrous surfaces requiring painting shall be pretreated with an approved
conditioner or passivator, as recommended by the paint manufacturer, prior to application of the painting
system.
i
2. Bituminous coated pipe shall be coated with Inertol Tar Stop or approved equal, as recommended prior
to application of the painting system.
3. Metal surfaces, in contact with concrete or masonry, shall be protected with Tnemec46-413 Coal Tar r
coating or approved equal, as recommended. This provision shall not apply to concrete reinforcement,
piping and fittings , or conduits and accessories.
13.05 ELECTRIC
A. General
The provisions of this Section , including other specific design
considerations, shall be the minimum standards as applicable to all
sewage and water facilities . .,
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the
appropriate electrical power company regarding the proposed facility
prior to installation and to make the necessary provisions for service
thereto.
In accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions ,
complete shop drawings and technical data shall be submitted to the
IRCDUS including , but not limited to , motor control centers and
control systems, with wiring diagrams and components ; „
manufacturer's data for switches , transformers, relays, lighting
fixtures and other accessories ; panel boards; and all other applicable
information .
S . Materials , Equipment and Installation
13- 14
General Requirements : Materials, equipment and workmanship shall
conform to the applicable portions of the codes, specifications, standards and
statutes listed below:
National Fire Protection Association :
NFPA No. 70 National Electrical Code
Local Codes :
At the place of the work, all applicable local codes ,
regulations and ordinances that are in effect will apply.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association:
r
AB 1 Circuit Breakers — Molded Case
FB 1 Conduit Fittings, Cable Fittings and
Accessories
IC 1 Industrial Control
SGB 1 Connectors — Electric Power
KS 1 Enclosed Switches
PB 1 Panel boards
TR 1 Transformers
SG 8.2 Connectors for Copper Conductors
.. IC 4 Industrial Enclosures
WC 5 Thermoplastic — Insulated Wire & Cable
r
American National Standards Institute :
C80. 1 Rigid Steel Conduit
C6. 1 Terminal Markings for Electrical Apparatus
,. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Standards for Cabinets and Boxes
Standards for Service Equipment
Standard for Industrial Control Equipment
Standard for Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire
Illuminating Engineering Society:
IES Lighting Handbook
r
United States Federal Government:
Williams—Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act
of 1970 (OSHA)
Special Requirements :
Phase rotation of electrical service shall be: L1 , L21 L3 (A, B , C ) left to right
when facing equipment.
13- 15
r
r
Generator receptacles for portable emergency power connection shall be
provided for all electrically operated facilities and shall be as described in the
lit station portion of the standards. r
Electrical Motors: Environment: Motors shall have enclosure types which
provide safe protection from exposure to unusual environments such as r
chemical fumes , damp places, outdoors , poorly ventilated rooms or places
with restricted air circulation . In general , enclosures shall be NEMA
standardized motor types .
r
Insulation : Motor insulation materials shall be Class F Systems"
Size : Motors for non-submersible service shall be sized such that the r
nameplate horsepower rating shall not be less than 1 . 2 times the required
shaft brake horsepower output. Appropriate NEMA design shall be used to
provide torque and/or other load requirements .
Electrical Characteristics : Motor electrical rating shall be compatible with U`
station electrical service.
Mounting : Motor Mounting shall be of standard NEMA design and shall be r
compatible with the driven apparatus.
Controls: Motors shall be controlled by NEMA standard controllers for all
across the line or reduced voltage starting . Where variable speed pumping is
required , the specifications or variable speed pumping is required , the
specifications or variable speed control equipment shall be coordinated with
the County. In general , motors shall be equipped with all necessary controls
and devices for complete and operable systems.
END OF SECTION r
r
r
r
r
13- 16
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
SECTION 14
r
ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
M0
w
SECTION 14
ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS r
PART1 N RAL
r
14. 1 .01 GENERAL
A. This specification defines the requirements for an emergency or standby r
Electric Generator Set. The generator set shall consist of an engine
directly coupled to an electric generator, together with the necessary
controls and accessories to provide electric power for the duration of any
failure of the normal power supply.
Any and all local or state requirements for standby power systems not r
covered by this specification will be the responsibility of the Contractor,
supplier and manufacturer to meet.
r
14.1 . 02 DESIGN STANDARDS
A. The equipment covered by these specifications shall be designed , tested ,
rated , assembled and installed in strict accordance with all applicable r
standards of ANSI , NEC, ISO , U . L. , IEEE and NEMA.
B . The Contractor shall provide a complete integrated emergency generator
system . The system consists of a diesel generator set with related
component accessories and Automatic Transfer Switch (es) as specified
herein . r
C. The generator set shall have the following characteristics:
Voltage 240/480 (As Required By Power Supply) rr
Phase 3
Connection Y
Wire 4 r
Hertz 60
Power Factor 0. 8
r
The generator set shall be capable of starting and running the existing
loads and proposed loads without exceeding the maximum voltage and
frequency variations specified herein, or the maximum temperature
limitations of the engine and generator. The generator set shall be capable
of starting all motor loads , with the non-inductive load applied first.
14. 1 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Quality and Experience: All materials and parts of the generator set shall
be new and unused . Each component shall be of current manufacture
from a firm regularly engaged in the production of such equipment, as
listed in the Approved Manufacturers ' Product List, Section 15. Units and '01
14 - 1
r
components offered under these specifications shall be covered by the
manufacturer's standard warranty on new machines, a copy of which shall
be included in the submittal .
B. There shall be one source responsibility for warranty, parts and service
through a local representative with factory trained service personnel .
14. 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS
A. Engine-generator submittals shall include the following information :
1 . Factory published specification sheet indicating standard and
optional accessories, ratings, etc.
2 . Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets of all auxiliary components
such as Automatic Transfer Switches , battery charger, control
panel , enclosure , main circuit breaker, etc.
3. Dimensional elevation and layout drawings of the generator set,
enclosure and transfer switchgear and related accessories .
4. Weights of all equipment.
5 . Concrete pad recommendation , layout and stub-up locations of
electrical and fuel systems .
6 . Interconnect wiring diagram of complete emergency system ,
including generator, switchgear, day tank, remote pumps , battery
charger, jacket water heater, remote alarm indications.
r 7 . The bidder shall submit with his submittal an estimate of engine
mechanical data including heat rejection , exhaust gas flows ,
combustion air and ventilation air flows , noise data , fuel
consumption , etc. when operating at 100% load . These estimates
shall be based on manufacturer's data.
8 . Generator electrical data including temperature and insulation
+� data, cooling requirements , excitation ratings , voltage regulation ,
voltage regulator, efficiencies, waveform distortion and telephone
influence factor.
9 . Generator resistances , reactances , and time constants .
10. Generator motor starting capability.
11 . Control panel schematics .
12. Oil sampling analysis, laboratory location , and information .
.. 13 . Manufacturer's and dealer's written warranty.
C. Operation and Maintenance Information . The system supplier shall furnish
five sets of operating , maintenance and parts manuals covering all
components for the generator set system. The supplier shall also instruct
the owner in operation and maintenance of the unit.
14. 1 .05 WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer's standard warranty shall in no event be for a period of
less than five (5) years from date of initial start-up of the system and shall
include repair parts , labor, reasonable travel expense necessary for
14 - 2
r
no
repairs at the job site , and expendables (lubricating oil , filters , antifreeze ,
and other service items made unusable by the defect) used during the
course of repair. Submittals received without written warranties as
specified will be rejected in their entirety . .+
14. 1 . 06 PARTS AND SERVICE QUALIFICATIONS
A. Engine driven generator sets which can be properly maintained and .r
serviced without causing the County either to carry expensive parts stock
or to be subjected to the inconvenience of long periods of interrupted
service because of lack of available parts . The supplier shall specify the
nearest location of permanent parts outlets from which parts may be
obtained .
B. The engine-generator supplier shall have service facilities within 75 miles
of the project site and maintain 24-hour parts and service capability. The
distributor shall stock parts as needed to support the generator set
package for this specific project. r
C. The dealer shall maintain qualified , factory trained service personnel that
can respond to an emergency call within 2 hours of notification , 24 hours
per day.
PART 2 - PROntICTS
r
14.2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The equipment supplied and installed shall meet the requirements of the
NEC and all applicable local codes and regulations. All equipment shall .r
be of new and current production by a MANUFACTURER who has 25
years of experience building this type of equipment. Units and
components offered under these specifications shall be covered by the
manufacturer's standard warranty on new machines, a copy of which shall
be included in the submittal . Manufacturer shall be ISO9001 certified .
B. The system shall be free of injurious torsional and bending vibrations within
a speed range from 10% below to 10% above synchronous speed .
C. The system shall be adequately guarded both physically and electrically for r
protection of operating personnel.
14.2 .02 ENGINE r
A. General Description . The engine shall be of the internal combustion type
equipped to operate on natural gas , at locations where natural gas is
available or No . 2 diesel fuel .
B . Engine Power Rating . The rated net horsepower of the engine at the
generator synchronous speed , with all accessories, shall not be less than
that required to produce the KW required by paragraph 1 .01 . The
horsepower rating shall take into account generator efficiency and all
parasitic losses such as fan, battery charger, etc. The generator set shall
be capable of producing the required KW (without overload ) for the
duration of the power outage (standby rating ), under the following ambient
conditions:
14 - 3
Altitude, feet 1000
Ambient temperature range, °F 0-100
Humidity at max. ambient temp . % 80
C. Fuel and Oil Consumption. Accompanying the supplier's bid , the bidder
shall supply fuel and oil consumption estimates based on engine
manufacturer's data , a copy of which shall be included in the submittal.
D. Governor (Engine Speed Control). The engine shall be equipped with a
suitable governor to maintain frequency within limits , as specified below,
by controlling engine and generator speed .
r 1 . Type: isochronous
2. Stability: 1 /4% maximum steady state frequency variation at any
constant load from no load to full load .
,. 3. Regulation : 1 /4% maximum frequency deviation between no-load
steady state and full-load steady state .
4. Transient: 5% maximum frequency dip on most severe motor
starting condition. See paragraph 1 .01 .
5. Transient: 2 seconds maximum recovery time for maximum motor
start.
6. The manual speed adjusting control shall be mechanical or
electrical if located on the generator set or electrical if located in a
remote control panel .
E. Engine Crank-Start System. The engine shall be electric start, provided
with a solenoid energized motor, with either positive engagement or clutch
drive to the engine.
i
1 . Lead-calcium batteries shall be furnished to provide power to the
engine cranking motor. The batteries shall be designed for
operation at a minimum ambient temperature of 0 °F .
2 . The voltage shall be as required by the engine manufacturer.
3. The batteries shall be capable of a minimum of four crank cycles
(rolling ) of the specified prime mover and have sufficient current
available for "break-away" currents for the particular engine used at
the specified worse case temperature.
r 4. A float type battery charger, compatible with the batteries selected ,
shall be furnished which shall maintain the starting batteries at full
charge. The charging system shall permit charging from either the
.. normal or the emergency power source. It shall have a high rate
and low rate charging system. A voltmeter shall indicate the charge
rate and the circuit will be protected by either fuses or circuit
breakers. The charger or charging circuit shall be so designed that
it will not be damaged during the engine cranking , achieved , for
example, by a current limiting charger or a crank disconnect relay.
It shall also be capable of recharging a discharged battery in 12
hours while carrying normal loads.
F. Engine Cooling System . The engine shall be liquid cooled . The type of
liquid cooling system shall be a unit mounted radiator. The radiator
14 - 4
r
r
capacity shall be suitable for operation in the ambient temperature
specified in paragraph 2. 02, plus the air temperature rise across the
engine.
+
G . Air Supply/Exhaust System.
1 . Cleaner: An air cleaner and silencer shall be furnished as +
recommended by the engine manufacturer and shall be located and
mounted as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
2 . Exhaust: An exhaust system of suitable size, configuration and
material in accordance with engine manufacturer's
recommendations shall connect the exhaust outlet of the engine to
the silencer. The type of silencer shall meet the requirements of r
engine manufacturers and shall be residential silencing type .
a. The exhaust system and silencer shall have the
configuration shown on the drawings, and shall be of such
size that back pressure on the system will not exceed the
back pressure permitted by the manufacturer's recom-
mendation . A flexible connection shall be mounted at the +
engine exhaust outlet and the discharge end of the exhaust
line shall be protected against entry of precipitation . Piping
within reach of personnel shall be protected by screening or
suitable lagging . All exhaust piping shall be gas tight. +
H . Engine Protective Devices. The following engine protective devices shall
be provided , and an indicating light shall be supplied for use with each
device specified .
1 . Alarm system for high water temperature and/or low oil pressure.
2. Automatic engine shutdown for high water temperature and/or low
oil pressure .
3. Combination alarm and shutdown system for high water
temperature and/or low oil pressure.
4. Engine overspeed automatic shutdown device .
5 . Engine failed to start indicator light (overcrank).
6 . Alarm for low coolant level . �+
7. A shunt trip and undervoltage trip shall be incorporated to cause the
circuit breaker to open simultaneously with any automatic shutdown
of the engine . r
I . Fuel Supply for Engine .
r
1 . Main Fuel Storage Tank:
(Alternate external fuel tank Main Fuel Storage Tank: A fuel +
storage tank with sufficient fuel capacity to allow the unit to operate
continuously for 10 days shall be located in the place indicated on
the plans and shall be complete with all piping and fittings
connected . The tank shall be new and unused , and no galvanized +
material shall be used in the tank or system . The tank shall be
furnished with faucet valve located in the supply pipe of the tank
and a check valve incorporated to ensure prime is maintained . The
14 - 5
r
tank shall be vented to atmosphere . Location and installation of the
fuel storage shall be in accordance with applicable government,
insurance restrictions, and local building code. A fuel level gauge
shall be located at the tank. )
2 . Main Fuel Delivery System: A system shall be supplied to deliver
an adequate amount of fuel to the engine from the storage tank.
Pipe sizes shall be no smaller than the minimum recommended by
the engine manufacturer to avoid fuel flow restriction . The engine
supply and return line shall be equipped with a length of flexible fuel
lines, unions and gate valves. No copper lines are acceptable.
3. The system shall include an engine driven transfer pump of
�. sufficient lift and capacity to deliver fuel at the maximum required
rate from the storage tank to the engine. A check valve shall be
furnished in supply line at engine.
,. 4. The tank shall be sized to allow full capacity generator operation for
a minimum of seventy-two hours without refilling .
14.2.03 GENERATOR
A. Description . The generator shall meet all requirements of NEMA MG- 1 ,
Part 22, in design , performance and factory test procedures. The regulator
shall be factory wired and tested with the generator. The generator shall
have the characteristics and ratings required by paragraph 22. 10.
B. Excitation System. The generator shall be equipped with a permanent
magnet generator (PMG) excitation system. Both the PMG and the
rotating brushless exciter shall be mounted outboard of the bearing . The
system shall supply a minimum short circuit support current of 300% of the
standby rating for 10 seconds . The rotating exciter shall use a three phase
full wave rectifier assembly with hermetically sealed silicon diodes
protected against abnormal transient conditions by a multiplate selenium
surge protector.
C. Construction . The insulation system of both the rotor and stator shall be of
NEMA Class H materials and shall be synthetic and non-hygroscopic. Field
windings shall be on the rotor, and the rotor core shall be shrunk-fit and
r keyed to the shaft. The stator winding shall be of 2/3 pitch design to
eliminate the third harmonic. Units rated above 1500 kW or 601 volts or
higher shall be form wound .
1 . The temperature rise of both the rotor and the stator shall be in
accordance with the applicable sections of NEMA MG-1 -22, BS-
5000 part 99, or CSA C22.2, for the type of service intended . The
generator shall be self-ventilated .
D. Conduit Box. Load connections shall be made in the front-end mounted
junction box. The generator construction will allow connection to the load
through the top, bottom or either side of the junction box.
r 1 . The conduit box shall contain two compartments: one to house the
14 - 6
r
r
rotating rectifier and PMG , and the other to house the connection
area and regulator. This is to separate the rotating elements from
the load connection and voltage regulator adjustments .
r
E . Verification of Performance . All performance and temperature rise data
submitted by the bidder shall be the result of the actual test of the same or
duplicate generators. Temperature rise data shall be the result of full load , r�
0 .8 power factor heat runs at the rated voltage and hertz. All performance
testing, shall be done in accordance with MIL-STD-705 and/or IEEE
Standard-115. �+
F. Efficiency. The generator efficiency shall be determined in accordance with
NEMA MG- 1 , paragraph 22.44 . All test results shall be submitted to the
Engineer for approval.
14.2.04 VOLTAGE REGULATION
A. The generator shall be equipped with a voltage regulator to maintain
voltage within limits as specified below:
1 . Stability: 1 /2% maximum voltage variation at any constant load from r
no load to full load .
2. Regulation : 1 % maximum voltage between no load steady state
and full load steady state. r
3 . Transient: 20% maximum voltage dip in most severe motor starting
condition . See paragraph 1 . 01 .
4. Transient: 2 seconds maximum voltage recovery time with
application or removal of 0.8 P . F . full load .
B. The regulator shall be a solid state type using transistors or SCR's. The 'r
unit shall include volts/hertz underspeed protection , 3 phase RMS sensing ,
and overexcitation protection . The regulator shall also provide loss of
sensing protection , regulator current limit, temperature protection and an
engine unloading circuit. EMI suppression shall be provided meeting MIL-
STD-461 B , part 9 standards.
r
14.2.05 GENERATOR FULL MAIN LINE CIRCUIT BREAKER
A. A generator main circuit breaker shall be provided rated at manufacturers ,r
recommended amperes minimum frame size, and volts , 100% rated . The
interrupting capability shall be greater than the generator short circuit
capability, but not less than 60 ,000/30 ,000 symmetrical amperes at r
240/480 volts . The breaker continuous current trip rating shall be selected
to provide overload protection for the generator.
r
B. The breaker shall be provided with a shunt trip device. The generator
starting circuit battery system will be used as the power source for the
shunt trip circuit. The shunt trip coil voltage shall be suitable for use on the
r
starting circuit.
C. The breaker shall include 3 normally open and 3 normally closed auxiliary
contacts. r
14 - 7
r
r
r
D . The breaker shall be a NEMA 4X.
14.2 .06 AUTOMATIC START AND STOP CONTROLS
A. General Description . Automatic starting and stopping controls shall be
furnished to start the engine automatically when the normal electric power
fails or falls below specific limits and to stop the engine automatically after
the normal power supply resumes . The signal for starting or stopping the
r engine shall be from an external auxiliary contact. The controls shall be
capable of operating at 50% of normal DC system supplied voltage.
B . Engine Cranking Control . Crank control and time delay relays shall provide
at least one cranking period . If only one cranking period is provided , its
duration shall be at least 15 seconds . If more than one cranking attempt is
provided , each cranking period shall be for at least 7 seconds, and the
cranking attempts shall be separated by appropriate rest periods. A
sensing device shall automatically disconnect the starting circuit when the
engine has started . If the engine has not started at completion of the
starting program, the overcranking signal shall so indicate. The engine
starting controls shall be locked out and no further starting attempts shall
take place until the overcranking device has been manually reset.
C. Selector Switch. A selector switch shall be incorporated in the automatic
engine start and stop controls. It shall include an "off' position that
prevents manual or automatic starting of the engine, a "manual' or
"handcrank" position that permits the engine to be started manually by the
pushbutton on the control cabinet and run unloaded ; an "automatic'
position which readies the system for automatic start or stop on demand of
the automatic load transfer switch or a programmed exerciser.
D. Manual Test Operation . It shall be possible to start the engine manually
and run it unloaded by a manual pushbutton on the control cabinet that
causes the engine to start, run and stop through the automatic start and
stop controls.
14.2 .07 INSTRUMENTATION
A. Instruments and Controls . The following engine and generator instruments
and controls shall be furnished and installed :
., 1 . A. C. ammeter
2. A. C. voltmeter
3. Governor speed adjusting control
r 4. Water temperature gauge
5. Oil Pressure gauge
6 . Manual start/stop control
7. Voltmeter/ammeter phase selector switch
8. Elapsed time meter
9. Panel lights
_ 10. Indicator lights for engine alarm
14 - 8
r
All wiring and interconnections shall be in accordance with
commercial electrical standards.
B . Location �+
1 . All of the foregoing instruments, lights and controls shall be
mounted in a control panel on the generator set. All instrumen-
tation must be isolated from engine generator set vibration .
2. In addition , an ammeter, voltmeter, "generator ready" light, a
start/stop control , and an audible alarm and alarm light shall be r
provided in a generator control panel to be remotely wall mounted .
The audible alarm and alarm light shall operate for any of the
engine or generator alarms provided on the local control panel . r
Cable between the local and remote control panels shall be
provided .
r
C. Panel Design . All instruments, controls and indicating lights shall be
properly identified . All wires shall be individually identified and must agree
with wiring diagrams provided .
D. Terminals on all terminal blocks shall be individually identified .
r
14.2.08 ACCESSORIES
A. Enclosure. The entire engine-generator assembly, including the battery,
battery charger, day tank, lift pump, control panel , and radiator shall be
enclosed in a steel or aluminum sound attenuated enclosure suitable for an
outdoor environment. The enclosure shall attenuate to a decibel level of
65-70 dB at a distance of 7 meters horizontally in any direction around the
entire generator enclosure . The enclosure shall be rated NEMA 3R, and
shall be of adequate strength to withstand a 90 MPH wind without
damage . Provisions shall be made on the enclosure for mounting the
engine exhaust silencer. Louvers or dampers shall be provided to allow
adequate radiator ventilation during operation without reducing the rating of
the engine-generator unit. Doors shall be provided as required for access r
to the engine and control panel . Generator pad / platform shall have a
maintenance walk a minimum of 3'-0" wide around three sides of the
generator, also see plans . Stairs shall be provided from grade to the pad / r
platform where the elevation difference is greater than 1 ' — 0" from final
grade to the top of the generator pad / platform .
r
B . Block Heater. An engine block heater shall be provided to keep the engine
coolant at a temperature of 85° F with the ambient temperature at the
minimum specified in paragraph 2. 02. The heater shall be suitable for r
operation at 120/240 (NOTE TO DESIGNER Select desired voltage) volts
ac, single phase.
r
C . Control Panel Heater. A heater shall be provided in the control panel to
keep the interior of the panel above 40° F when at the minimum ambient
temperature specified in paragraph 2. 02. The heater shall be operated by
a thermostat, and shall be suitable for operation at 120 volts ac, single
14 - 9
r
phase.
14.2.09 TRANSFER SWITCH
irr
A. Automatic Transfer Switches required with a stainless steel 4X breaker
disconnect cabinet, as approved by IRCDUS Engineer.
r
14.2.10 TELEMETRY
A. Telemetry equipment required , as approved by IRCDUS Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
14.3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations ,
the project drawings and specifications, and all applicable codes.
Installation of the system includes but is not limited to pouring a concrete
pad for the generator set and automatic transfer switch, receiving and
offloading the equipment, providing all labor, permits and material to install
the total system .
B. Mounting . The mounting of the generator set shall be sufficiently rigid to
maintain alignment and to minimize the engine and generator stresses.
The floor loading shall not exceed 5000 lbs . per sq . ft. A suitable number
of spring type, vibration , rubber type, and fiberglass isolators shall be
inserted between the engine generator set and the floor.
14.3.02 START-UP AND TESTING
A. Acceptance Test. A complete system load test shall be performed after all
equipment is installed . The extent of testing shall be at the discretion of
the engineer. The completed generator set shall be tested at 1 . 0 P. F . for
a period of one hour at full load prior to shipment to the job site . In
addition , the generator set supplier shall include in his bid the cost of an
on site , full load test (using portable resistive type load banks or building
load or combination thereof) for a minimum of four hours in the presence
of a representative of the owner and/or engineer before final acceptance .
B . Coordinate all start-up and testing activities with the Engineer and Owner.
.. C . After installation is complete and normal power is available , the
manufacturer's local dealer shall perform the following :
_ 1 . Verify that the equipment is installed properly.
2. Check all auxiliary devices for proper operation , including battery
charger, jacket water heater(s) , generator space heater, remote
annunciator, etc.
3. Test all alarms and safety shutdown devices for proper operation
and annunciation .
` 4 . Check all fluid levels.
14 - 10
r
r
5 . Start engine and check for exhaust , oil , fuel leaks , vibrations, etc.
6 . Verify proper voltage and phase rotation at the transfer switch
before connecting to the load .
r
7. Connect the generator to building load and verify that the
generator will start and run all designated loads in the plant.
D . Perform a 4 hour load bank test at full nameplate load using a load bank
and cables supplied by the local generator dealer. Observe and record
the following data at 15 minute intervals :
r
1 . Service meter hours
2. Volts AC - All phases
3 . Amps AC - All phases
4 . Frequency
5. Power factor or Vars
6 . Jacket water temperature
7. Oil Pressure
8 . Fuel pressure
9. Ambient temperature
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1 . Provide five (5) sets of operation and maintenance manuals
covering the generator, switchgear, and auxiliary components .
Include parts manuals, final as-built wiring interconnect diagrams,
start-up test reports , and recommended preventative maintenance
schedules .
2. Ventilation Requirements . The bidder shall submit with his
submittal an estimate of air flow requirements for cooling and .�
combustion , plus an estimate of heat rejection of the engine and
generator when operating at 100% load . These estimates shall be
based on manufacturer's data. r
D . Training
1 . Provide one day of on-site training to instruct the owner's
personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the
equipment. Review operation and maintenance manuals , parts
manuals , and emergency service procedures.
E . The CONTRACTOR shall provide a full tank of diesel fuel for the
completion of all testing .
** END OF SECTION**
r
r
14 - 11
r
r
r
r
` SECTION 15
APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCTS LIST
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
W
AIR RELEASE VALVES (SEWER) r
1 . ARI
AIR RELEASE VALVES (WATER) r
1 . ARI
2. GA INDUSTRIES
3 . VALMATIC �+
4 . APCO
BACKFLOW PREVENTER (RPZ) AND DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK
1 . AMES SILVER BULLET
2 . FEBCO
3 . WILKENS
4. WATTS
BLOW-OFF VALVES
1 . JOHN C . KUPFERLE FOUNDY CO. MODEL ECLIPSE NO. 85
OR APPROVED EQUAL
r
BRONZE GATE VALVES
1 . AMERICAN
2. RED-WHITE
3 . NIBCO
4. UNITED _
CASING SPACERS/ INSULATORS
1 . APS- ADVANCE PRODUCTS SYSTEMS
2 . CASCADE WATERWORKS MFG.
3 . RACI
4 . PSI- PIPELINE SEAL AND INSULATOR
CHECK VALVES- WEIGHT & LEVER- RESILENT SEAT
L AMERICAN DARLING
2 . CLOW
3 . M&H
4. KENNEDY ,r
5 . MUELLER
6 . VALMATIC
r
CORPORATION STOPS
1 . FORD : FB1100G, FB1700
2. MUELLER: H- 15028 & H10046 r
3 . MCDONALD
r
15- 1
r
r
COUPLINGS
1 . HYMAX
2 . SMITH-BLAIR
3 . DRESSER
4. EBG-IRON
CURB STOPS
I . FORD : KV43 -342WG, KV43444WG, BA43342WG, BA43444WG,
B41666WG, B41777WG, BFA43-666WG * & BFA43777WG
2 . MUELLER: (EQUAL FORD PART NUMBERS)
3 . MCDONALD: (EQUAL TO FORD PART NUMBERS)
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
WATER: CEMENT LINED CLASS 350/50
` SEWER/FORCEMAIN : PROTECTO 401 LINED CLASS 350/50
1 . AMERICAN
2. CLOW
` 3 . MCWANE
4. US PIPE
r
5 . GRIFFIN
DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS :
r
WATER: CEMENT LINED CLASS 350
FORCEMAIN: PROTECTO 401 LINED CLASS 350, LINERGARD 100
1 . AMERICAN
2 . UNION
3 . TYLER
4 . US PIPE
r 5 . STAR
6 . RUSSELL
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
1 . UNFUSED SAFETY SWITCH-SQUARE D
2 . CABLE CONNECTORS--CROUSE-HINDS TYPE "CGB"
., 3 . THERMAL-MAGNETIC AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER---SQUARE D
4. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER-SQUARE D
5 . REDUCED VOLTAGE MOTOR STARTER-SQUARE D
r 6 . EMERGENCY POWER RECEPACLE-3W CROUSE-HINDS NO.
ARI 042-S22 WITH AR610 PANEL ADAPTOR FOR PUMPS LESS THAN
25 HP & AR2042-S22 WITH AR610 PANEL ADAPTOR FOR PUMPS 25
r HP & LARGER.
7 . PUMP MODE SELECTOR SWITCH-SQUARE D
8 . INDICTATOR LAMPS-SQUARE D
r 9. ELAPSED TIME METER-EAGLE SIGNAL BULLETIN 705 , HK SERIES
10. OR APPROVED EQUAL
r
15 -2
r
r
r
FIRE HYDRANTS- 5 '/< VALVE OPENING
1 . CLOW MEDALLIAN F2545
2 . MUELLER A-423 r
3 . AMERICAN DARLING
0
GENERATOR SETS
1 . CATERPILLER
2 . CUMMINS/ONAN
3 . KOHLER
4. KATOLIGHT
5 . DETROIT DIESEL
r
PE PIPE & TUBING
3/4"-2" SDR 9 CTS
3"-48" DRI 1 DIPS 'r
1 . PHILLIPS
2 . ENDOT/YARDLEY
3 . POLYPIPE r
4. JM
5 . VANGUARD
6. FLYING "W" r
LIFT STATION ACCESS DOOR
1 . BILCO TYPE J-AL SINGLE LEAF W/S . S . HARDWARE (WATERPROOF) r
2. HALIDAY SINGLE LEAF W/S . S . HARDWARE (WATERPROOF)
LIFT STATION JOINT SEALER
1 . EMBECO GROUT (RAM NECK)
r
LIFT STATION AND MANHOLE SEALANT AND COATINGS
1 . KOPPERS 300 COAL TAR EPDXY
2. TNEMEC r
LIFT STATION VALVE PIT ACCESS DOOR
1 . BILCO TYPE JO-AL DOUBLE LEAF
2 . HALIDAY
LIFT STATION VALVE PIT QUICK DISCONNECT r
1 . KAMLOC MALE KWIK DISCONNECT KAMLOC COULPER 4"
MARKER BALLS ELECTRONIC r
1 . WATER: 3M 1403
2 . SEWER: 3M 1404
r
r
15 -3
,. MANHOLES FRAMES AND COVERS
1 . U. S . FOUNDRY DWG. NO. 420A
2 . PAMREX HINGED MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME
r
MANHOLES FLEXIBLE PLASTIC GASKETS
1 . RAMNECK
r
MANHOLE AND LIFT STATION LININGS (FIBERGLASS)
1 . ASSOCIATED FIBERGLASS ENGINEERS
2 . LF MANUFACTURING COMPANY
MANHOLE-PIPE CONNECTION(BOOT)
L KOR-N-SEAL INC --NEOPRENE BOOT WITH SS ACCESSORIES
r
MANHOLE WATERTIGHT RAIN GUARD BOOT FOR MANHOLES
1 . FOSROC INC./THOROC SEWER GUARD 20 .25 I.D . X 22. 5 O.D .
2 . LF MANUFACTURING COMPANY
MECHANICAL JOINT RESTRAINTS
1 . FORD MEGALUGS & 1390-C
2 . EBBA MEGALUGS & BELL RESTRAINTS
3 . US PIPE FIELD LOCK GASKETS
4. AMERICAN FIELD LOCK GASKETS
5 . SIGMA MEGALUGS & BELL RESTRAINTS
METER BOXES
1 . POLYMER CONCRETE & FIBERGLASS BY
CDR SYSTEMS CORP. SIZES 11 "X18"% 13"X245 , 17'X30 24"X36"
r` WITH PREDRILLED HOLE FOR TOUCH HEAD AND Cl OPENING LID
METERS FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS
MAG-METER (ON CASE BY CASE BASIS)
1 . Fisher Porter
r
2 . ABB
PLUG VALVES
1 . DEZURIK SERIES 100
2 . KENNEDY
3 . CLOW
r 4 . M&H
5 . PRATT
6. VALVEMATIC SERIES 1500
r
15 -4
r
r
PVC PIPE
WATER/FORCEMAIN : DRI 8 C900/C909
SEWER: SDR 35 3034 .r
1 . J-M MANUFACTORING COMPANY, INC.
2 . ETI
3 . DIAMOND r
4. FREEDOM
5 . CERTAINTEED
6. NATIONAL +�
7 . NORTH AMERICAN
REDUCE PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY
1 . AMES 4000SS & 40OSS
2 . WILKENS 975
3 . FEBCO 825Y
4. WATTS 909
REMOTE TRANSMITTER UNIT
1 . Model TAC II telemetry unit, complete with Model PCU-001 pump control
module, BPR backpack radio/TAC pack, power supply with battery backup,
Model RTU-03 enclosure, cable and antenna, as supplied by Data Flow Systems,
Inc.
RESILENT SEAT GATE VALVES
1 . M&H
2 . MUELLER
3 . DEZURIK
4. PRATT
5 . CLOW
6 . AMERICAN DARLING r
SERVICE SADDLES- STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS/ EPDXY COATED
1 . SMITH BLAIR 317
2 . ROMAC
3 . JCM
4. FORD METER BOX CO.
5 . CASCADE
r
SEWER FITTINGS 3034
1 . HARCO
2 . VASSALLO .�
3 . MULTIFITTINGS
4. PLASTIC TRENDS
r
r
15-5
r
SLEEVE TYPE COUPLINGS
1 . DRESSER STYLE 38
2 . SMITH BLAIR STYLE 413
r 3 . BAKER ALLSTEEL
4. JCM
5 . FORD
r
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
1 . FLYGT
r 2. ABS If a grinder pump is proposed , only ABS type grinders pumps under
7. 0 hp are permitted . ABS V2 PIRANA GRINDER PUMPS ARE NOT
PERMITTED .
r
TAPPING SLEEVES (DUCTILE IRON)
1 . MUELLER
r 2. AMERICAN
3 . US PIPE
4. M&H
�. 5 . CLOW
6. KENNEDY
r TAPPING SLEEVES (STAINLESS STEEL)
1 . FORD FTSS
2. JCM 432
3 . SMITH BLAIR 663
4. ROMAC
5 . DRESSER
r
TIE RODS
1 . TIE RODS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL
r
TRACE WIRE COVERING
1 . SCOTCH 6633" TAPE
® 2 . SKRINK WRAP
3 . SCOTCH KOTE WATERPROOFING COMPOUND
VALVE BOXES (461-S)
1 . RUSSELL
2. TYLER
r 3 . US FOUNDRY
4. STAR
r
5 . GENERAL FOUNDRY
VALVE NAME PLATE
r 1 . SHIEDOW BRONZE CORP. KINGWOOD, WEST VIRGINIA
2 . WAGER COMPANY
3 . LF MANUFACTURING COMPANY
r
15 -6
r
i l 1 l i l 1 7 1 l l 1 l 7 7 l l / 1
s
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY
DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES
r MAJOR USER WASTEWATER AND/OR WATER
UTILITIES CONSTRUCTION PERMIT
APPLICATION FORM
r A. APPLICANT
NAME
r
ADDRESS
CITY STATE ZIP CODE
r
TELEPHONE ( )
r B. OWNER/AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE (IF DIFFERENT FROM APPLICANT)
NAME
ADDRESS
CITY _ _ STATE ZIP CODE
TELEPHONE ( 1
C. PROJECT
r
PROJECT NAME
+ PARCEL ID
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF PROJECT
HOURS OF OPERATION
ANTICIPATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE START
COMPLETION
+ HAS PROJECT HAS BEEN REVIEWED BY PLANNING BOARD, PRE-
APPLICATION AND TECHNICAL REVIEW COMMITTEES YES
NO
+ PRE-APPLICATION AND/OR PROJECT No . ASSIGNED BY PLANNING BOARD
No .
r ALL PROJECTS WILL REQUIREAN ENGINEERING REPORT SUBMITTED WITH
THE UTILITY APPLICATION PERMIT DEFINING THE PROPOSED PROJECT'S
IMPACT ON THE INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICE
SYSTEM ( INITIAL)
a
PAGE 1
r
a
THE SCOPE OF THE ENGINEERING REPORT SHALL BE DEPENDENT ON THE
COMPLEXITY OT THE PROPOSED PROJECT FOLLOWING CUSTOMARY
ENGINEERING STANDARDS. GUIDELINES WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE AT THE r
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICE
( INITIAL)
a
D. METHOD (S) OF FLOW DERIVATION (CHECK APPROPRIATE LINE (S)
( ) EQUIVALENT RESIDENTIAL UNIT DETERMINATION TABLE r
( ) SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR INDUSTRIAL USE
( ) EXISTING FACILITY/PREVIOUS RECORDS
1 . ERU DETERMINATION TABLE (COPY ATTACHED) : r
TYPE OF ESTABLISHMENT
SQUARE FEET
APPLICABLE UNITS
r
WATER:
PROJECTED FLOW (ERUs) x 250 GALLONS / DAY = GPD(ADF)
WASTEWATER:
PROJECTED FLOW (ERUs) x 250 GALLONS / DAY = GPD (ADF)
2. SPECIFIC INDUSTRIAL USE : r
TYPE (S) OF USE
s
WATER:
PROJECT FLOW
WASTEWATER: r
PROJECT FLOW
r
3. EXISTING FACILITY/PREVIOUS RECORDS :
THE INDIAN RIVER COUNTY UTILITIES DEPARTMENT MAY CONSIDER THE PAST
RECORDS OF AN EXISTING OPERATIONAL FACILITY FOR DETERMINING PROPOSED r
FLOW REQUIREMENTS FOR A NEW DEVELOPMENT, PROVIDED THE APPLICANT
SUBMITS SUFFICIENT INFORMATION TO ALLOW THE DEPARTMENT TO DETERMINE
ANTICIPATED FLOW . THIS INFORMATION SHALL INCLUDE , BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO , r
TWENTY- FOUR MONTHS OF PREVIOUS WATER BILLS AND A COMPLETE LISTING OF
THE DIFFERENCES IN THE EXISTING AND PROPOSED FACILITY SUCH AS SIZE , HOURS
OF OPERATION , TYPE OF USES, NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES, ETC .
E. GENERAL :
ADDITIONAL WATER FLOW ANTICIPATED FOR PROJECT PHASING , BUT NOT r
REQUESTED
(ESTIMATED )
r
PAGE 2
r
r
ADDITIONAL WASTEWATER FLOW ANTICIPATED FOR PROJECT PHASING , BUT NOT
REQUESTED
r
( ESTIMATED)
HIGH STRENGTH WASTE - YES* _ NO
* IF YES, COMPLETE AN INDUSTRIAL WASTE PERMIT APPLICATION
B O D (BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND)
r
S S (SUSPENDED SOLIDS)
PHOSPHORUS
r
F. OTHER REQUIREMENTS :
s
1 . WILL THE DEVELOPMENT UTILIZE THE FOLLOWING?
r RETROFIT EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH
WATER SAVING DEVICES YES NO
r
IRRIGATION REUSE SYSTEMS YES NO
IF YES, PLEASE ATTACH A STATEMENT CERTIFIED BYA PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA INDICATING THE EXTENT OF SAVINGS, TO
s INCLUDE SUPPORTING THE DOCUMENTED HISTORICAL DATA.
PLEASE NOTE. MANUFACTURERS LITERATURE IS NOT AD€QUA TE.
2. ZONING
r
EXISTING ZONING ON PROPERTY TO BE DEVELOPED
r IS EXISTING ZONING APPROPRIATE FOR PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT?
YES NO
3. PLATTING
r
IS THE PROPERTY PLATTED APPROPRIATELY TO SUPPORT THE PROPOSED
r DEVELOPMENT? YES NO
IF YES , PLEASE INDICATE THE PLAT BOOK AND PAGE NUMBER
a
PLAT BOOK PAGE
4. FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
IS A WATER OR SEWER EXTENSION REQUIRED? YES NO
r
PAGE 3
s
r
IF YES, THE APPLICANT MUST OBTAIN THE REQUIRED FDEP PERMIT PRIOR TO THE
ISSUANCE OF A COUNTY PERMIT
5. SITE PLAN r
YOU ARE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT A SITE PLAN INDICATING ANY ON OR OFF-SITE
SANITARY SEWER AND/OR POTABLE WATER LINE CONSTRUCTION AND THE POINT OF
CONNECTION(S) TO THE COUNTY'S EXISTING SANITARY SEWER AND/OR POTABLE
WATER SYSTEM .
6. ITEMS SUBMITTED WITH CHECK LIST •
❑ PROPERTY APPRAISERS MAP/EQUIVALENT (FOR LOCATION)
r
❑ SITE PLAN (REQUIRED)
❑ BUILDING PLANS
r
❑ FDEP PERMIT APPLICATION WITH CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
7, SEE ATTACHED PROJECT CHECKLIST OF ITEMS REQUIRED FOR FINAL PROJECT r
C .O.
SIGNED DATE r
TYPE OR PRINT
r
APPLICANT: NAME AND TITLE
r
s
r
r
r
r
r
r
PAGE 4
r
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY
r DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES
UTILITY CONSTRUCTION PERMIT CHECKLIST
P ;W3 E" S 1
r
Permit Issuance Date: <- - - 2002
Permit No. : <UCP # >
Project Name : < >
r Owner/Developer: < >
Engineer-of-Record : < >
Description : F - - >
r
Received Description
1 . Three (3 ) sets of Record Drawings (hard copy and electronic format), consisting
of one set of reproducible mylars and two sets of blue/black line prints signed
and sealed by the Engineer-of-Record . The Engineer-of-Record must be
re istered to practice in the State of Florida.
2 . Copy of a satisfactory hydrostatic pressure test, signed by the Engineer-of-
Record.
_ 3 . One complete set of daily field inspection records prepared by the on-site
inspector certified by the Engineer-of-Record.
4. Copy of a satisfactory bacteriological main clearance certified by the Engineer-
do of-Record.
5 . Record by the design firm of the estimated amount of water used by the
contractor during the construction and flushing of the water lines.
.. 6 . Certification by the Engineer-of-Record that the water line was sanitized in
accordance with County specifications.
7 . Certification by the Engineer-of-Record that the construction of the water
.. distribution system is complete and in accordance with County construction and
material specifications. Any deviation from the approved construction drawings
or County specifications must be specifically identified and justified by the
�.
Engineer.
8 . Copy of a clearance letter from the Florida Department of Environmental
Protection (FDEP) authorizing the water distribution system to be placed into
r _ service.
9 . Dedication of the water distribution system and accompanying easements. The
dedication is to include an itemized list of all materials along with total
r' materials, construction and engineering costs .
- - - 10 . Where the water distribution system is located in established easements or road
rights-of-way, the attached bill of sale is to be executed along with an itemized
I
list of all materials to include materials and construction costs .
11 . Complete on-site inspection by a County utility inspector with confirmation that
the water distribution system appears acceptable.
- - - 12 . 5150 .00 review fee payment.
- - - 13 . Arrangements for payment of all impact fees and other costs of connections.
14. Release of lien(s) from each Contractor, Subcontractor and Vendor.
15 . A one-year maintenance bond in an amount equaling 25 % of the total cost for
construction of the_s stem.
OTIL TY CONSTRUCTION
PERMIT CI IBCKLIST
� [ OIIliliesH41LITY - COVSTRUCflOI; SrANDARJEA .Rcilslolhl Nt lN -i„�icrus\Clotty Construction Yzrm'c ( heekloi-PUBLII' dnc
INDIAN RIVER COUNTY
DEPARTMENT OF UTILITY SERVICES . ,
UTILITY CONSTRUCTION PERMIT CHECKLIST —
WASTEWATER COLLECTIONITRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Permit Issuance Date: <- - - 2002
Permit No. : <UCP # >
Project Name : < >
Owner/Developer: < >
Engineer-of-Record : < >
Descrition : < - - - >
- - r
Received Description
- 1 . Three (3 ) sets of Record Drawings (hard copy and electronic format), consisting
of one set of reproducible mylars and two sets of blue/black line prints signed
and sealed by the Engineer-of-Record. The Engineer-of-Record must be
registered to pr ictice in the State of Florida.
2 . Copy of a satisfactory hydrostatic pressure test or infiltration/exfiltration test,
signed by the Engineer-of-Record .
3 . One complete set of daily field inspection records prepared by the on-site
inspector certified by the Engineer-of-Record .
4. Copy of a satisfactory television test and a certified report by the Engineer-of-
Record .
5 . Certification by the Engineer-of-Record that the construction of the wastewater r
collection/transmission system is complete and in accordance with County
construction and material specifications . Any deviation from the approved
construction drawings or County specifications must be specifically identified
and justified by the Engineer.
6 . Copy of a clearance letter from the Florida Department of Environmental
Protection (FDF.P) authorizing the wastewater collection/transmission system to
be placed into service.
7 . Dedication of the wastewater collection/transmission system and accompanying
easements. The dedication is to include an itemized list of all materials along
with total materials, construction and engineering costs .
8 . Where the wastewater collection/transmission system is located in established
casements or road rigbts-of-way, the attached bill of sale is to be executed along
with an itemized list of all materials to include materials and construction costs.
9. Complete on-site inspection by a County utility inspector with confirmation that
the wastewater collection/transmission system appears acceptable.
- - - 10 . $ 150 . 00 review fee payment.
11 . Arrangements for payment of all impact fees and other costs of connections.
- - - 12 . Release of lien(s) from each Contractor, Subcontractor and Vendor.
13 . A one-year maintenance bond in an amount equaling 25 % of the total cost for
construction of the system.
- - - 14. A set of lift station specifications (if applicable), two sets of operations and ..
maintenance manuals, warranty, and all spare parts as required by County
standards .
- - - 15 . Transfer of lift station' s electric account from Developer to County_
UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
PERMIT CHECKLIST' •
v uEli vius I ITII IIY CONSTRCC i ION STANDAR S%Revkism _owDocumcotslL4li,lyi nsnucnon Pamn ('heckllst POfRJC Jae
` INDUSTRIAL WASTE PERMIT
APPLICATION FORM
Note: Please read all attached instructions prior to completing this application .
Section A — GENERAL INFORMATION
1 . Facility Name:
a . Operator Name :
b. Is the Operator identified in 1 . a . the owner of the facility?
Yes ( ) No ( )
If no, provide the name and address of the operator and submit a copy of the contract
r
and/or other documents indicating the operator's scope of responsibility for the facility.
r
2. Facility Address :
Street:
City: State: _ Zip :
,. 3 . Business Mailing Address :
Street or P .O. Box:
City: State : Zip :
4. Designated signatory authority of the facility: Attach similar information for each
authorized representative
Name :
Title :
Address :
City: State Zip :
,. Phone#:
5. Designated facility contact:
Name :
Title :
Phone #:
1
Section B — Business Activity
1 . If your facility employs or will be employing processes in any of the industrial
categories or business activities listed below (regardless of whether they '
generate wastewater, waste sludge, or hazardous wastes ), place a check beside
the category of business activity (check all that apply) .
Industrial Categories'
Aluminum Forming
( ) Asbestos Manufacturing
( ) Battery Manufacturing
( ) Can Making
( ) Carbon Black
( ) Coal Mining
( ) Coil Coating .,
( ) Copper Forming
( ) Electric and Electronic Components Manufacturing
( ) Electroplating
( ) Feedlots
( ) Fertilizer Manufacturing
( ) Foundries ( Metal Molding and Casting )
( ) Glass Manufacturing
( ) Grain Mills
( ) Inorganic Chemicals
( ) Iron and Steel
( ) Leather Tanning and Finishing
( } Metal Finishing
( ) Nonferrous Metals Forming
( ) Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing
( ) Organic Chemicals Manufacturing
( ) Paint and Ink Formulating
( ) Paving and Roofing Manufacturing
( ) Pesticides Manufacturing
( ) Petroleum Refining
( ) Pharmaceutical
( ) Plastic and Synthetic Materials Manufacturing
( ) Plastics Processing Manufacturing
( ) Porcelain Enamel
( ) Pulp , Paper, and Fiberboard Manufacturing
( ) Rubber
( ) Soap and Detergent Manufacturing '•
( ) Steam Electric
( ) Sugar Processing
( ) Textile Mills ..
( ) Timber Products
i
2
A facility with processes inclusive in these business areas may be covered by
Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA) categorical pretreatment standards .
These facilities are termed "categorical users."
r
2. Give a brief description of all operations at this facility including primary products
or services (attach additional sheets if necessary) :
r
r
r
3 . Indicate applicable Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) for all processes ( If
more then one applies , list in descending order of importance. ) :
a .
b.
.. C. -
d .
e .
4 . PRODUCT VOLUME :
PAST CALENDAR YEAR ESTIMATE THIS
CALENDAR YEAR
PRODUCT Amounts per day Amounts per day
(Brandname) (Daily Units) (Daily Units)
Levels with others and no u . 1 Average Maximum Average Maximum
r
3
r
SECTION C — WATER SUPPLY
1 . Water Sources : (Check as many as are applicable) i
( ) Private Well
( ) Surface Water i
( ) Municipal Water Utility (Specify City):
( ) Other (Specify)
i
2. Name on the water bill :
Name :
i
Street.
City: State: Zip:
3 . Water service account number:
4. List average water usage on premises :
(New facilities may estimate) i
Type Average Water Indicate Estimated ( E)
Usage (GPD ) or Measured (M ) i
a. Contact cooling water
b . Non-contact cooling water
c. Boiler feed
i
d . Process
e . Sanitary
r
f. Air pollution control
g . Contained in product
h . Plant & equipment washdown
i . Irrigation & lawn watering
j . Other
k. Total of A-J
i
i
i
4
i
SECTION D — SEWER INFORMATION
1 . a . For an existing business:
Is the building presently connected to the public sanitary sewer system?
( ) Yes : Sanitary sewer account number
( ) No: Have you applied for a sanitary sewer hookup? ( } Yes O No
b. For a new business :
I . Will you be occupying an existing vacant building (such as in an industrial park )?
( ) Yes ( ) No
II . Have you applied for a building permit if a new facility will be constructed?
_ ( ) Yes ( ) No
III . Will you be connected to the public sanitary sewer system?
( ) Yes ( } No
s
2. List size , descriptive location , and flow of each facility sewer which connects to the
County's sewer system . ( If more than three, attach additional information on another
s sheet. )
Descriptive Location of Sewer Average Flow
Sewer Size Connection or Discharge Point (GPD)
r
r
s
a
r
t
s
5
r
SECTION E — WASTEWATER DISCHARGE INFORMATION `
1 . Does (or will ) this facility discharge any wastewater other than from restrooms to the
County sewer?
( ) Yes If the answer to this question is 'yes" , complete the remainder of
the application .
( ) No If the answer to this question is "no", skip to Section I .
2 . Provide the following information on wastewater flow rate.
(New facilities may estimate)
a . Hours/Day Discharged (e .g . , 8 hours/day):
M T W TH F SAT SUN
b. Hours of Discharge (e.g . , 9 a. m. to 5 p . m . )
M T W TH F SAT SUN
C. Peak hourly flow rate (GPD)
d . Maximum daily average (GPD )
e . Annual daily average (GPD)
3 . If batch discharge occurs or will occur, indicate:
( New facilities may estimate)
a . Number of batch discharges per day
b . Average discharge per batch (GPD) `
C. Time of batch discharges at
(days of week) ( hours of day)
d . Flow rate gallons/minute
e . Percent of total discharge
r
6
i
4 . Schematic Flow Diagram — For each major activity in which wastewater is or will be
generated , draw a diagram of the flow of materials, products , water and wastewater from
r the start of the activity to its completion , showing all unit processes. Indicate which
processes use water and which generate waste streams. Include the average daily
volume and maximum daily volume of each waste stream (new facilities may estimate).
r If estimates are used for flow data this must be indicated . Number each unit process
having wastewater discharges to the community sewer. Use these numbers when
showing the unit processes in the building layout in Section H . This drawing must be
r certified by a State Registered Professional Engineer.
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
s
r
7
r
Facilities that checked activities in question 1 of Section B are considered Categorical
Industrial Users and should skip to question 6.
5. For Non-Categorical Users Only: List average wastewater discharge, maximum
discharge , and type of discharge (batch , continuous , or both) , for each plant process .
Include the reference number from the process schematic that corresponds to each
process. (New facilities should provide estimates for each discharge) .
Process Average Maximum Type of Discharge
No . Description Flow (GPD) Flow (GPD) Batch , Continuous , None
ANSWER QUESTIONS 6 & 7 ONLY IF YOU ARE SUBJECT TO CATEGORICAL
PRETREATMENT STANDARDS
6 . For Categorical Users : Provide the wastewater discharge flows for each of your
processes or proposed processes . Include the Reference number from the process
schematic that corresponds to each process. (New facilities should provide estimates
for Each discharge).
Regulated Average Maximum Type of Discharge
No . Description Flow (GPD) Flow (GPD ) Batch , Continuous , None
Unregulated Average Maximum Type of Discharge
No. Description Flow (GPD) Flow (GPD) Batch , Continuous , None
Average Maximum Type of Discharge
No. Dilution Flow ( GPD) Flow (GPD ) Batch , Continuous , None
8
r
7. For Categorical Users Subject to Total Toxic Organic (TTO ) Requirements :
+ Provide the following (TTO ) information .
a . Does (or will ) this facility use any of the toxic organics that are listed under
r the TTO standard of the applicable categorical pretreatment standards
published by EPA?
Yes
( ) No
b . Has a baseline monitoring report (BMR) been submitted which contains
TTO information?
( ) Yes
' ( ) No
C. Has a toxic organics management plan (TOMP) been developed?
r
( ) Yes (Please attach a copy)
( ) No
r
8. Do you have, or plan to have, automatic sampling equipment or continuous wastewater
flow metering equipment at this facility?
r
Current: Flow metering ( ) Yes ( ) No ( ) N/A
Sampling Equipment ( ) Yes ( ) No ( ) N/A
r
Planned : Flow metering ( ) Yes ( ) No ( ) N/A
Sampling Equipment ( ) Yes ( ) No ( ) N/A
' If so, please indicate the present or future location of this equipment on the sewer
schematic and describe the equipment below:
r
9. Are any process changes or expansions planned during the next three years that could
alter wastewater volumes or characteristics? Consider processes as well as air or water
pollution treatment processes that may affect the discharge .
r ( ) Yes
( ) No, (skip question 10)
r
r
9
r
r
r
10. Briefly describe these changes and their effects on the wastewater volume and
characteristics : (Attach additional sheets if needed ).
r
11 . Are any materials or water reclamation systems in use or planned?
( ) Yes `
( ) No, (Skip question 12 )
12. Briefly describe recovery processes, substances recovered , percent recovered , and the r
concentration in the spent solution . Submit a flow diagram for each process) : (Attach
additional sheets if needed ) .
r
r
r
SECTION F — CHARACTERISTICS OF DISCHARGE
All current industrial users are required to submit monitoring data on all pollutants that are
regulated specific to each process . Use the tables provided in this section to report the
analytical results . DO NOT LEAVE BLANKS . For all other (non-regulated ) pollutants , indicate r
whether the pollutant is known to be present ( P), suspected to be present (S), or know not to be �
present (0) , by placing the appropriate letter in the column for average reported values .
Indicate on either the top of each table, or on a separate sheet, if necessary, the sample ,
location and type of analysis used . Be sure methods conform to 40 CFR Part 136; if they do
not, indicate what method was used .
New discharges should use the table to indicate what pollutants will be present or are suspected
to be present in proposed waste streams by placing a P (expected to be present), S (may be
present) , or O (will not be present ) under the average reported values.
r
r
r
r
10
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
Detection Number
Pollutant Level Maximum Daily Value Average of Analyses of Units
Used Analyses
Cone. Mass Colic . Mass Cone. Mass
Acenaphthene
Acrolein
Acrylonitrile
Benzene
Benzidine
Carbon tetrachloride
Chlorobenzene
11294 - Trichlorobenzene
Hexachlorobenzene
1 ,2 - Dichloroethane
1 , 1 , 9 - Trichloroethane
Hexachloroethane
1 , 1 - Dichloroethane
1 , 1 ,2 - Trichloroethane
1 , 1 ,2,2 - Tetrachloroethane
Chloroethane
Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
17 Bis (chloro methyl) ether
2 - ChHoroethvl vinyl ether
2 - Chtoronaphdialene
2,4, 6 - Trichlorophenol
Parachlorometa cresol
Chloroform
2 - Chlorophenol
1 ,2 - Dichlorobenzene
1 ,3 - Dichlorobenzene
114 - Dichlorobenzene
3 ,3 - Dichlorobenzidine
1 , 1 - Dichloroethylene
1 ,2 - Trans-dichloroethylene
214 - Dichloropheno
1 ,2 - Dichloropropane
1 ,2 - Dichloropropylene
113 - Dichloropropylene
lP
Detection Number
Pollutant Level Maximum Daily Value Average of Analyses of Units
Used Analyses
Cone. Mass Conc. Mass Cone. Mass
2,4 - Dimethylphenol
2 ,4 - Dinitrotoluene
2 ;6 - Dinitrotoluene
112 - Diphenylhvdrazine
Lthylbenzene
Fluoranthene
4 - Chlorophenyl phenyl ether
4 - Bromophenyl phenyl ether
Bis (2-cblorisopropyl) ether
Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
Methylene chloride
Methyl chloride
Methvl bromide
Bromoform
D i c hl orobromomethane
Chlorodibromomethane
Hexachlorobutadiene
Hexachloroeyclopentadiene
Isophorone
Naphthalene
Nitrobenzene
Nitrophenol
2 - Nitrophenol
4 - Nitrophenol
2 ,4 - Dinitrophenol
4,6 - Dinitro-o -cresol
N-nitro sodimethy lamine
N-nitrosodiphenylarnme
N-n itrosod i-n-propylamine
Pentachlorophenol
Phenol
Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
Butyl benzyl phthalate
Di-n-butyl phthalate
12
r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r r
Detection Number
Pollutant Level Maximum Daily Value Average of Analyses of Units
Used Analyses
Cone. Mass Cone. Mass Cone . Mass
Di-n-octyl phthalate
Diethyl phthalate
Dimethyl phthalate
Benzo (a) anthracene
Benzo (a) pyrene
3 ,4 — benzofluoranthene
Benzo (k) fluoranthane
Clrysene
Acenaphthylene
Anthracene
Benzo (ghi) perylene
Fluorene
Phenanthrene
Dibenzo (a,h) an¢hracene
Indeno ( 1 ,2,3 -cd) pyrene
Pyrene
Tetrachloroethylene
Toulene
Trichloroethylene
Vinyl chloride
Aldrin
Dieldrin
Chlordane
4,4 ' — DDT
4,4 ' — DDE
474 ' — DDD
Alpha-endosulfan
Beta-endosulfan
Endosulfan sulfate
Endrin
Endrin aldehyde
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
13
Detection Number Units
Pollutant Level Maximum Daily Value Average of Analyses of
_ Used Analyses
Cone. Mass Cone. Mass Conc. Mass
Alpha - BHC
Beta - BHC
Gamma - BHC
Delta - BHC
PCB - 1242
PCB - 1254
PCB - 1221
PCB - 1232
PCB - 1248
PCB - 1260
PCB - 1016
Toxapliene
(TCDD)
Asbestos
Acidity
Alkalinity
Bacteria
BODS
COD
Chloride
Chlorine
Flouride
Hardness
Magnesium
NH3 - N
Oil and Grease
TSS
FOC
Kjeldahl N
Nitrate N
Nitrite N
Organic N
Orthophosphate P
Phosphorous
14
Detection Number
Pollutant Level Maximum Daily Value Average of Analyses of Units
Used Analyses
Cone. Mass Cone. Mass Cone . Mass
Sodium
Specific Conductivity
Sulfate ( SO,)
Sulfide (S)
Sulfite (S03)
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Benvllium
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Cyanide
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Selenium
Silver
Thallium
Zinc
15
r
SECTION G - TREATMENT
1 . Is any form of wastewater treatment (see list below) practiced at this _
facility?
( ) Yes
( ) No
2. Is any form of wastewater treatment (or changes to an existing wastewater
treatment ) planned for this facility within the next three years?
( ) Yes, describe:
( ) No r
3. Treatment devices or processes used or proposed for treating wastewater or
sludge (check as many as appropriate). ..
( ) Air flotation
( ) Centrifuge
r
( ) Chemical precipitation
( ) Chlorination
( ) Cyclone
( ) Filtration '
( ) Flow equalization
( ) Grease or oil separation , type :
( ) Grease trap
( ) Grinding filter
( ) Grit removal
( ) Ion exchange r
( ) Neutralization , pH correction
( ) Ozonation
( ) Reverse Osmosis
( ) Screen
( ) Sedimentation
( ) Septic tank r
( ) Solvent separation
( ) Spill protection
( ) Sump
( ) Biological treatment, type : '
( ) Rainwater diversion or storage
( ) Other chemical treatment, type :
( ) Other physical treatment, type :
( ) Other, type:
r
r
16
4. Description
+ Describe the pollutant loadings , flow rates, design capacity physical
size, and operating procedures of each treatment facility checked
above .
+
5 . Attach a process flow diagram for each existing treatment system. Include
process equipment, by-products, by-product disposal method , waste and by-
product volumes , and design and operating conditions.
6. Describe any changes in treatment or disposal methods planned or under
construction for the wastewater discharge to the sanitary sewer. Please Include
estimated completion dates .
7 . Do you have a treatment operator? ( ) Yes ( ) No
(if Yes) Name:
Title:
+ Phone :
Full time: (specify hours )
.. Part time: (specify hours )
8 . Do you have a manual on the correct operation of your treatment equipment?
+ ( ) Yes ( ) No
9 . Do you have a written maintenance schedule for your treatment equipment?
+ ( ) Yes ( ) No
+
+
17
r
i
SECTION H — FACILITY OPEATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS i
1 . Shift Information
i
Work Days ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN
i
Shifts per
work day: i
Empl 's
per 1ST i
shift.
2ND
i
Shift 1 ST
start
and 2nd i
end
times: 3RD
i
2. Indicate whether the business activity is :
( ) Continuous through the year, or i
( ) Seasonal — Circle the months of the year during which the business
activity occurs :
J F M A M J J A S O N D i
COMMENTS :
i
3 . Indicate whether the facility discharge is:
( ) Continuous through the year, or r
Seasonal — Circle the months of the year during
which the business activity occurs:
i
J F M A M J J A S O N D
COMMENTS :
i
r
r
18
r
M
r
4 . Does operation shut down for vacation , maintenance, or other reasons?
( ) Yes, indicate reasons and period when shutdown occurs :
r
( ) No
r 5 . List types and amounts (mass or volume per day) of raw materials used or planned for
use (attach list if needed ):
r
i
6 . List types and quantity of chemicals used or planned for use (attach list if needed ).
Include copies of Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (if available) for all chemicals
identified :
r Chemical Quantity
r
r
r
r
r
r
19
r
7 . Building Layout — Draw to scale the location of each building on the premises. Show
map orientation and location of all water meters , storm drains , numbered unit processes
(from schematic flow diagram), public sewers , and each facility sewer line connected to
the public sewers . Number each sewer and show existing and proposed sampling
locations . This drawing must be certified by a State Registered Professional Engineer.
A blueprint or drawing of the facilities showing the above items may be attached in lieu
of submitting a drawing on this sheet.
r
■r
r
i
20
r
SECTION I — SPILL PREVENTION
1 . Do you have chemical storage containers , bins, or ponds at your facility?
• ( ) Yes ( ) No
If yes, please give a description of their location , contents, size , type, and frequency and
+. method of cleaning . Also, indicate in a diagram or comment on the proximity of these
containers to a sewer or storm drain. Indicate if buried metal containers have cathodic
protection .
2. Do you have floor drains in your manufacturing or chemical storage area(s)?
( ) Yes ( ) No If yes; where do they discharge to?
3 . If you have chemical storage containers, bins , or ponds in manufacturing area , could an
accidental spill lead to a discharge to: (Check all that apply) .
` ( ) an onsite disposal system
( ) public sanitary sewer system (e. g . through a floor drain )
( ) storm drain
• ( ) to ground
( ) other, specify
( ) not applicable , no possible discharge to any of the above routes
r
4 . Do you have an accidental spill prevention plan (ASPP) to prevent spills of chemicals or
slug discharges from entering the Control Authority's collection system ?
( ) Yes — ( Please enclose a copy with the application )
( ) No
N/A, Not applicable since there are no floor drains and/or the facility
discharage(s) only domestic wastes .
5 . Please describe below any previous spill events and remedial measures taken to
` prevent their reoccurrence .
•
•
•
21
r
SECTION J — NON DISCHARGED WASTES
1 . Are any waste liquids or sludges generated and not disposed of in the sanitary sewer
system? '
( ) Yes, please describe below
( ) No, skip the remainder of Section J .
Waste Generated Quantity ( per Year) Disposal Method
r
r
i
2 . Indicate which wastes identified above are disposed of at an off-site r
Treatment facility and which are disposed of on-site .
3 . If any of your wastes are sent to an off-site centralized waste treatment facility, identify r,
the waste and the facility.
4. If an outside firm removes any of the above checked wastes , state the name(s ) and
address (es ) of all waste haulers .
a. b.
r
r
r
Permit No. Permit No .
(if applicable) : (if applicable ) :
r
5 . Have you been issued any Federal , State , or local environmental permits?
( ) Yes r
( ) No
If yes , please list the permit(s): .,
22
r
r
SECTION K — AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
Compliance Certification :
1 . Are all applicable Federal , State or local pretreatment standards and requirements being
met on a consistent basis?
Yes ( ) No ( ) Not yet discharging ( )
2 . If No :
a. What additional operations and maintenance procedures are being considered to
r bring the facility into compliance? Also, list additional treatment technology or
practice being considered in order to bring the facility into compliance.
b. Provide a schedule for bringing the facility into compliance. Specify major events
planned along with reasonable completion dates . Note that if the Control
Authority issues a permit to the applicant, it may establish a schedule for
compliance different from the one submitted by the facility.
r
Milestone Activity Completion Date
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
23
r
r
Authorized Representative Statement:
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were
prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that
qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted . Based on my
inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system , or those persons directly responsible
for gathering the information , the information submitted is , to the best of my knowledge and ..
belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for
submitting false information , including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing
violations .
Name(s) Title
Signature Date Phone
i
24
INSTRUCTIONS TO FILL OUT WASTEWATER DISCHARGE PERMIT APPLICATION
All questions must be answered . DO NOT LEAVE BLANKS. If you answer "no" to question
EA , you may skip to Section I , otherwise, if a question is not applicable, indicate so on the form .
Instructions to some questions on the permit application are given below.
SECTION A — INSTRUCTIONS (GENERAL INFORMATION )
1 . Enter the facility's official or legal name. Do not use a colloquial name .
a . Operator Name: Give the name , as it is legally referred to , of the person , firm,
pubic organization , or any entity, which operates the facility described in this
application . This may or may not be the same name as the facility .
b . Indicate whether the entity which operates the facility also owns it by marking the
r appropriate box:
(i) If the response is "No" , clearly indicate the operator's name and address
and submit a copy of the contract and/or other documents indicating the
operator's scope of responsibility for the facility.
+ 2. Provide the physical location of the facility that is applying for a discharge permit.
3. Provide the mailing address where correspondence from the Control Authority may be
r sent.
4 . Provide all the names of the authorized signatories for this facility for the purposes of
signing all reports . The designated signatory is defined as :
a . A responsible corporate officer, if the Industrial User submitting the reports is a
r
corporation . For the purpose of this paragraph , a responsible corporate officer
means :
(i ) a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice president of the corporation in
charge of a principle business function , or any other person who performs
similar policy — or decision-making functions for the corporation , or
(ii) the manager of one or more manufacturing , production , or operation
+ facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales
or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second-quarter 1980 dollars) , if
authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the
.. manager in accordance with corporate procedures .
r
a
25
r
b. A general partner or proprietor, if the Industrial User submitting the reports is a
partnership or sole proprietorship respectively.
s
C. The principal executive officer or director having responsibility for the overall
operation of the discharging facility if the Industrial User submitting the reports is
a Federal , State , or local governmental entity, or their agents.
d . A duly authorized representative of the individual designated in paragraph (a) ,
(b) , or (c) of this section if:
(i ) the authorization is made in writing by the individual described in
paragraph (a), (b), or (c) ; r
(ii) the authorization specifies either an individual or a position having
responsibility for the overall operation of the facility from which the
Industrial Discharge originates, such as the position of plant manager, r
operator of a well , or well field superintendent, or a position of equivalent
responsibility, or having overall responsibility for environmental matters
for the company; and
(iii) the written authorization is submitted to the County.
e . If an authorization under paragraph (d) of this section is no longer accurate
because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall r
operation of the facility, or overall responsibility for environmental matters for the
company, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of paragraph (d) of this
section must be submitted to the County prior to or together with any reports to
be signed by an authorized representative.
5 . Provide the name of a person who is thoroughly familiar with the facts reported on this
form and who can be contacted by the Control Authority (e .g . , the plant manager).
i
r
r
r
r
26
r
SECTION B — INSTRUCTIONS (BUSINESS OPERATIONS)
1 . Check off all operations that occur or will occur at your facility. If you have any questions
r regarding how to categorize your business activity, contact the Control Authority for
technical guidance .
r 2 . For all processes found on the premises, indicate the Standard Industrial Classification
(SIC) Code Number, as found in the most recent Edition of Standard Industrial
Classification manual prepared by the Executive Office of the President, Office of
r Management and Budget. This document is available from the Government Printing
Office in Washington D . C . , or in San Francisco, California . DO NOT USE PREVIOUS
EDITIONS OF THE MANUAL. Copies of the manual are also available at most public
_ libraries .
3. List the types of products, giving the common or brand name and the proper or scientific
name. Enter from your records the average and maximum amounts produced daily for
each operation for the previous calendar year, and the estimated total daily production
for this calendar year. Be sure to specify the daily units of production . Attach additional
pages as necessary.
r
SECTION C — INSTRUCTIONS (WATER SUPPLY)
r 4 . Provide daily average water usage within the facility. Contact cooling water is cooling
water that during the process comes into contact with process materials , thereby
becoming contaminated . Non-contact cooling water does not come into contact with
process materials. Sanitary water includes only water used in restrooms . Plant and
equipment wash down includes floor wash down . If sanitary flow is not metered , provide
an estimate based on 15 gallons per day (gpd ) for each employee.
SECTION D — INSTRUCTIONS (WASTEWATER DISCHARGE INFORMATION )
5. If you answer "no" to this question , skip to Section I ; otherwise complete the remainder
r of the application .
6 . A schematic flow diagram is required to be completed and certified for accuracy by a
State registered professional engineer. Assign a sequential reference number to each
process starting with No. 1 . An example of a drawing is shown below in Figure 1 . To
determine your average daily volume and maximum daily volume of wastewater flow,
,. you may have to read water meters, sewer meters , or make estimates of volumes that
are not directly measurable .
r
r
27
r
i
i
FIGURE 1 - SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM
i
i
i
i
a
i
p i
20
r
+
7 . Non-categorical users should report average daily and maximum daily wastewater flows
from each process, operation , or activity present at the facility. Categorical users should
skip to questions 6 .
8 . Categorical users should report average daily and maximum daily wastewater flows from
+ every regulated , unregulated , and dilution process. A regulated wastewater is defined
as wastewater from an Industrial process that is regulated for a particular pollutant by a
categorical pretreatment standard . Unregulated waste streams are waste streams from
+. an industrial process that are not regulated by a categorical pretreatment standard and
are not defined as a dilution waste stream. Dilution waste streams include sanitary
wastewater, boiler blow-down , non-contact cooling water or blow-down , storm water
streams, demineralizer backwash streams and process waste streams from certain
industrial subcategories exempted by EPA from categorical pretreatment standards.
(For further details see 40 CFR 403. 6 (e) .
r 9 . Total toxic Organics (TTO ) means the sum of the masses or concentrations of specific
toxic organic compounds found in the industrial user's process discharge . The individual
organic compounds that make up the TTO value and the minimum reportable quantities
differ according to the particular industrial category (see applicable categorical
pretreatment standards, 40 CFR Parts 405-471 ) .
SECTION H = INSTRUCTIONS (FACILITY OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS )
1 . Indicate whether the business activity is continuous throughout the year or if it is
�. seasonal . If the activity is seasonal , circle the months of the year during which the
discharge occurs. Make any comments you feel are required to describe the variation in�
operation of your business activity.
r
2 . Indicate any shut down in operation , which may occur during the year and indicate the
reasons for shutdown .
+ 3 . Provide a listing of all primary raw materials used (or planned ) in the facility's operations .
Indicate amount of raw material used in daily units.
r 4 . Provide a listing of all chemicals used (or planned ) in the facility's operations. Indicate
the amount of used or planned in daily units. Avoid the use of trade names of
chemicals. If trade names are used , also provide chemical compounds. Provide copies
+ of all available manufacturer's safety data sheets for all chemicals identified .
r
r
r
29
i
5 . A building layout or plant site plan of the premises is required to be completed and
certified for accuracy by a State registered professional engineer. Approved building r
plans may be substituted . An arrow showing North as well as the map scale must be
shown . The location of each existing and proposed sampling location and facility sewer
line must be clearly identified as well as all sanitary and wastewater drainage plumbing .
Number each unit process discharging wastewater to the public sewer. Use the same r
numbering system shown in Figure 1 , the schematic flow diagram .
r
FIGURE 2 — BUILDING LAYOUT
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
30
SECTION I — INSTRUCTIONS (SPILL PREVENTION )
6 . Describe how the spill occurred , what was spilled , when the spill happened , where it
occurred , how much was spilled , and whether or not the spill reached the sewer. Also
explain what measures have been taken to prevent a reoccurrence or what measures
have been taken to limit damage if another spill occurs.
r
SECTION J — INSTRUCTIONS (NON-DISCHARGED WASTES)
1 . For wastes not discharged to the Control Authority's sewer, indicate types of waste
generated , amount generated, the way in which the waste is disposed (e . g . incinerated ,
hauled , etc. ), and the location of disposal .
2. On-site disposal system could be a septic system , lagoon , holding pond (evaporative-
type) , etc.
3. Types of permits could be: air, hazardous waste , underground injection , solid waste ,
NPDES (for discharges to surface water) , etc.
SECTION K — INSTRUCTIONS (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES)
See instructions for question 4 in Section A, for a definition of an authorized representative .
s
r
s
31
r
r
a
r
r
i
i